Victory Capital
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

2 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 A A N N N N U U A A L L R R E E P P O O R R T T / / / / V V i i c c t t o o r r y y C C a a p p i i t t a a l l Annual Report 2021 Core Values BUILD TRUST We go to great lengths to fulfill our commitments, and we work hard to do the right thing for our clients. RESPECT AUTONOMY We value independent decision- making and respect the autonomy of each of our Investment Franchises and Solutions Platform. INVEST PERSONALLY We are invested in our clients’ success. We demonstrate that commitment by investing our time, energy, and our own assets in our strategies. CREATE ALIGNMENT We work together toward a common objective—helping our clients to achieve their goals. We have approximately $250 million invested in our own products as of December 31, 2021. BOA R D O F DI RECTORS BOA R D O F D I RECTORS COR PORAT E O FF IC E COR PORAT E O FF IC E David C. Brown David C. Brown Victory Capital Victory Capital Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 15935 La Cantera Parkway 15935 La Cantera Parkway Milton R. Berlinski Milton R. Berlinski Director Director Alex Binderow Alex Binderow Director Director Lawrence Davanzo Lawrence Davanzo Director Director Richard M. DeMartini Richard M. DeMartini Director Director James B. Hawkes James B. Hawkes Director Director Karin Hirtler-Garvey Karin Hirtler-Garvey Director Director Robert J. Hurst Robert J. Hurst Director Director Alan H. Rappaport Alan H. Rappaport Director Director E X ECU T IV E OF FI CE RS E X ECU T IV E OF FI CE RS San Antonio, TX 78256 San Antonio, TX 78256 I ND EP EN DE NT AU D ITO RS I ND EP EN DE NT AU D ITORS Ernst & Young LLP Ernst & Young LLP 950 Main Ave. 950 Main Ave. Cleveland, OH 44113 Cleveland, OH 44113 T RAN S FE R AGE NT T RAN S FE R AGE NT AST Shareholder Services AST Shareholder Services help@astfinancial.com help@astfinancial.com 800.937.5449 or 718.921.8124 800.937.5449 or 718.921.8124 I NV ESTOR I NQUI RI ES I NV ESTOR I NQUI RI ES Matthew Dennis, CFA Matthew Dennis, CFA Chief of Staff Chief of Staff Director, Investor Relations Director, Investor Relations Phone: 216.898.2412 Phone: 216.898.2412 Email: ir@vcm.com Email: ir@vcm.com David C. Brown David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Michael D. Policarpo Michael D. Policarpo President, Chief Financial Officer and President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer Chief Administrative Officer Kelly S. Cliff, CFA, CAIA Kelly S. Cliff, CFA, CAIA President, Investment Franchises President, Investment Franchises Nina Gupta Nina Gupta Chief Legal Officer and Head of Human Chief Legal Officer and Head of Human Resource Administration Resource Administration ANNUAL MEETING ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF STOCKHOLDERS May 17, 2022 // 8:00 a.m. ET May 17, 2022 // 8:00 a.m. ET www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/VCTR2022 www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/VCTR2022 Strategic Acquisitions In 2021, we closed on three important acquisitions, each of which extends our investment capabilities in a very meaningful way. THB Asset Management In March, we completed the acquisition of THB Asset Management (THB). Based in Norwalk, CT, THB manages strategies in the U.S. micro-cap and mid-cap asset classes as well as international small-cap and global small-cap portfolios. It became our 10th Investment Franchise. Founded in 1982, THB was an early adopter of socially responsible investment practices and extends our capabilities to further satisfy our clients’ objectives in this area. New Energy Capital In November, our wholly owned operating subsidiary Victory Capital Management Inc. closed on the acquisition of New Energy Capital (NEC), which became our 11th Investment Franchise. Founded in 2004 and based in Hanover, NH, NEC is a leading alternative asset management firm focused on debt and equity investments in clean energy infrastructure projects and companies. NEC is our first Investment Franchise focusing exclusively on alternative investments. WestEnd Advisors In December, we completed the acquisition of our 12th Investment Franchise, WestEnd Advisors (WestEnd). Headquartered in Charlotte, NC, WestEnd is a leader in the fast-growing third-party ETF model space. It provides turnkey, core model allocation strategies serving as holistic solutions and complementary sources of alpha. The firm offers four primary ETF strategies and one large-cap core strategy, all in tax-efficient Separately Managed Account (SMA) structures. We continue to actively evaluate M&A opportunities, with a focus only on those transactions that will make our Company better by potentially providing access to specialized investment capabilities, new technologies or distribution channels, and/or the potential to expand our client base beyond those who we serve today. i David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer To Our Fellow Shareholders, The year 2021 was one of tremendous progress for Victory Capital, our clients, and our shareholders. We achieved transformational growth across multiple aspects of our business despite a challenging industry environment. This included posting record financial results, completing three strategic acquisitions, expanding our investment capabilities to include new, innovative asset classes and products, and strengthening our commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). We were honored to be ranked ninth among Fortune’s 100 Fastest Growing Companies for 2021. Fortune’s annual list ranks the top-performing publicly traded companies in revenues, profits and stock returns over the three-year period ended April 30, 2021. Our Company was the only asset manager included on the prestigious list and the top-ranked firm in our home state of Texas. We also ranked fourth in the Financials category. This recognition would not be possible without the excellent work that our employees do to serve our clients and shareholders. I am personally grateful for the opportunity to work alongside such an extraordinary group of professionals every day. Victory Capital is proud to be headquartered in San Antonio, Texas! Record Financial Results Importantly, we achieved record financial results for the full year 2021. We ended the year with total AUM of $183.7 billion, a 25% increase over year-end 2020. Revenue reached a record $890 million, which was a 15% year-over-year increase. Adjusted net income with tax benefit was $4.82 for the year, and also up 25% year over year. We had adjusted EBITDA margin of 50.4% in 2021, reflecting the strength, efficiency, and flexibility of our business model. Gross long-term sales reached a record $27.9 billion in 2021, which was 20% above the prior record level achieved in 2020. Long-term net flows also improved substantially during the year, and we are optimistic that momentum will continue in 2022. Expanding the ways in which investors can engage with us enhances client satisfaction and makes us a more efficient organization. On the capital management front, we reinvested most of our free cash flow back into the business through debt reduction and funding the NEC acquisition. In addition, we returned $62 million to shareholders during the year and substantially increased our cash dividend to an an- nualized rate of $1.00 per share. We intend to evaluate future potential dividend increases on an annual basis following the conclusion of each calendar year. ii In November, we held a special meeting of stockhold- ers during which they overwhelmingly supported our Board’s recommendation to eliminate the dual-class share structure for VCTR. This not only implemented best practices from a governance standpoint, but re- moved an impediment for some potential shareholders to own our stock. Additionally, this change positions our shares for inclusion in major indexes, which we expect may lead to net purchases by index funds. We have continued to invest in our business, with partic- ular emphasis on technology, data and distribution. In August, we launched our mobile app for direct investors and today have more than 120,000 users. Expanding the ways in which investors can engage with us enhanc- es client satisfaction and makes us a more efficient organization. On the intermediary side of our business, we’ve made great strides in using data to better identify which financial advisors to do business with and who is most likely to recommend our products. We’ve also expanded our distribution organization to serve new channels. For example, we now have a team fully dedi- cated to serving Registered Investment Advisors (RIAs). Strong Investment Performance Delivering consistently strong long-term investment results for our clients remains our top priority, and we delivered against that objective in 2021. We were honored to be recognized among Barron’s Best Fund Families for 2021 – not only for the Victory Funds and USAA® Mutual Funds overall, but across several asset class categories as well. Victory Funds ranked eighth overall, first in the mixed asset category, and third in the municipal bond catego- ry. USAA Mutual Funds ranked 14th overall, third in the taxable bond category, and fourth in the municipal bond category, each out of 51 fund families for the one-year period ended December 31, 2021. Barron’s rankings are based on returns net of all fees and expenses except management fees. Our Funds also received four 2022 U.S. Refinitiv Lip- per Awards for the period ended November 30, 2021, and are considered Lipper Leaders for consistently delivering strong risk-adjusted performance relative to peers. Victory Floating Rate Fund Class Y was se- lected from among 53 funds in the loan participation fund category for the three-year period; USAA Ultra Short-Term Bond Fund, R6, was selected from among 50 funds in the ultra-short obligation category for the three-year period; USAA Ultra Short-Term Bond Fund, Institutional, was selected from among 46 funds in the ultra-short obligation category for the five-year period; and USAA Nasdaq-100 Index Fund, Fund Shares, was selected from among 140 funds in the large-cap growth category for the 10-year period. Product Growth and Innovation As our industry continues to evolve, we have worked to stay in front of product trends that we believe will drive investor demand in the future. In August, we introduced the Victory Hashdex Nas- daq Crypto Index Fund for accredited U.S. investors, a private fund that seeks to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Nasdaq Crypto Index (NCI). The Fund, which provides investors with broad-based exposure to crypto assets, was developed as part of exclusive agreements with renowned index provider Nasdaq and global crypto-focused asset manager Hashdex Ltd. Since launch, we have seen a great deal of interest in this new asset class and have been busy educating investors to help them determine how digital assets may fit within a diversified portfolio. Another example of our commitment to product inno- vation was the October launch of three actively man- CSR is not a new initiative for us. Rather, it is engrained in the fabric of our culture. Our role as an asset manager uniquely positions us to positively impact the well-being of our clients, our employees, our shareholders, and our communities. aged ETFs under our VictoryShares® brand, all of which integrate ESG criteria into their respective investment processes. The new transparent, active ETFs offer inves- tors Victory Capital’s ESG and well-established active capabilities in core plus fixed income, corporate bonds, and U.S. mid-cap equities. Enhanced Commitment to CSR Finally, we significantly enhanced our commitment to CSR in 2021 with the publication of our first CSR Report and formal establishment of the Victory Capital Schol- ars Program, a strategic alliance with Xavier University of Louisiana (XULA), America’s only Historically Black and Catholic University. CSR is not a new initiative for us. Rather, it is engrained in the fabric of our culture. Our role as an asset manager uniquely positions us to positively impact the well-being of our clients, our employees, our shareholders, and our communities. We strive to live up to that responsibility in our daily decisions. Our strategic alliance with XULA is a good example of this commitment in action. The goal of the partnership is to promote diversity in the asset management industry and LEFT: Victory Capital employees volunteered at the McNay Art Museum in San Antonio to help children of military families learn the art of printmaking. MIDDLE: Our strategic alliance with Xavier University of Louisiana helps promote diversity in the asset management industry and prepares students for careers in business. RIGHT: The Women@Victory employee resource group held a professional clothing drive to help women and men get back into business. iii The progress that we made last year has positioned us to continue to grow while further investing in our business in areas such as data, technology, and distribution, which we believe will help us better serve our clients in the future. prepare XULA students for careers in business. In 2021, we provided gap scholarships to XULA students as well as funds to launch the University’s first student-advised investment club, so that students gain real-life experi- ence managing investment portfolios. Additionally, I was invited to join the XULA President’s Advisory Board and have been enjoying learning more about the University and how we can have a meaningful impact on students’ lives. Going forward, we aim to deepen the relationship by providing opportunities for our employees to mentor XULA students. We also envision offering internship as well as entry-level employment opportunities to students who would like to learn our business. We remain committed to serving the military commu- nity through financial readiness programs, such as our Road to Victory video series, which features Veterans sharing their personal experiences transitioning from military to civilian life and achieving their financial goals. Additionally, we assist military families in Nevada in saving for their education goals through the USAA® 529 Distinguished Valor Matching Grant Program. Finally, we’re very proud of the work that our employees are doing in the communities in which we live and work, including our support of American Red Cross Disaster Relief during the February 2021 winter storms in Texas and the devastation that Hurricane Ida brought to the Gulf Coast in August. Our employee resource groups also led firm-wide efforts to support organizations such as Dress for Success, Toys for Tots, and many more. Looking Ahead I’m very pleased to report that our business is off to a very positive start in 2022. The progress that we made last year has positioned us to continue to grow while further investing in our business in areas such as data, technology, and distribution, which we believe will help us better serve our clients in the future. On behalf of all our employees, I would like to thank our clients and shareholders for the trust and confidence they have placed in us. Sincerely, David Brown, Chairman and CEO This letter contains references to adjusted EBITDA margin and adjusted net income per share, which are non-GAAP financial measures. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures internally for planning and forecasting purposes and to measure the performance of Victory Capital. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful and meaningful information to us and investors that enhances investors’ understanding of the continuing operating performance of our business and facilitates the comparison of performance between past and future periods. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, the information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are provided in this annual report to shareholders on page 69. iv v Forward-Looking Statements include, without This Annual Report to Shareholders contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities law. The forward- looking statements may limitation, statements concerning our current expectations, estimates, assumptions, and beliefs concerning future events, conditions, plans, and strategies that are not historical fact. Any statement that is not historical in nature is a forward-looking statement and may be identified by the use of words and phrases such as “may,” “believes,” “intends,” “seeks,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “should,” “assumes,” “continues,” “could,” “will,” “future” and the negative of these or similar phrases. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to have been correct. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. Such forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Additional Disclosures Past performance is not indicative of future results. Other share classes are available, but not all share classes are available to all investors. Carefully consider a fund’s investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses before investing. To obtain a prospectus or summary prospectus containing this and other important information, visit www.vcm.com/ prospectus. Read it carefully before investing. All investments carry a certain degree of risk including the possible loss of principal, and an investment should be made with an understanding of the risks involved with owning a particular security or asset class. Interested parties are strongly encouraged to seek advice from qualified tax and financial experts regarding the best options for their particular circumstances. Victory Capital means Victory Capital Management Inc., the investment adviser of the Victory Capital mutual funds, USAA Mutual Funds, VictoryShares ETFs, VictoryShares USAA ETFs, and USAA 529 Education Savings Plan (Plan). Victory Capital mutual funds, USAA Mutual Funds, and the Plan are distributed by Victory Capital Services, Inc. (VCS), an affiliate of Victory Capital. VictoryShares ETFs and VictoryShares USAA ETFs are distributed by Foreside Fund Services, LLC (Foreside). VCS and Foreside are members of FINRA. VCS and Victory Capital are not affiliated with Foreside. USAA is not affiliated with Foreside, Victory Capital, or VCS. USAA and the USAA logos are registered trademarks and the USAA Mutual Funds, USAA Investments, and the Plan logos are trademarks of United Services Automobile Association and are being used by Victory Capital and its affiliates under license. ©2021 Fortune Media IP Limited All rights reserved. Fortune is a registered trademark of Fortune Media IP Limited and is used under license. Fortune and Fortune Media IP Limited are not affiliated with, and do not endorse products or services of, Victory Capital Management Inc. How Barron’s Ranks the Fund Families: All mutual and exchange- traded funds are required to report their returns (to regulators as well as in advertising and marketing material) after fees are deducted, to better reflect what investors would actually experience. But our aim is to measure manager skill, independent of expenses beyond annual management fees. That’s why we calculate returns before any Many factors mentioned in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” will be important in determining future results. Should one or more of these risks or assumptions materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in the quarterly, periodic and annual reports we file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The following text is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Victory” or the “Company” shall mean Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (“VCH”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All references to years, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal year, which ends on December 31. 12b-1 fees are deducted. Similarly, fund loads, or sales charges, aren’t included in our calculation of returns. Each fund’s performance is measured against all of the other funds in its Refinitiv Lipper category, with a percentile ranking of 100 being the highest and one the lowest. This result is then weighted by asset size, relative to the fund family’s other assets in its general classification. If a family’s biggest funds do well, that boosts its overall ranking; poor performance in its biggest funds hurts a firm’s ranking. To be included in the ranking, a firm must have at least three funds in the general equity category, one world equity, one mixed equity (such as a balanced or target-date fund), two taxable bond funds, and one national tax-exempt bond fund. Single-sector and country equity funds are factored into the rankings as general equity. We exclude all passive index funds, including pure index, enhanced index, and index-based, but include actively managed ETFs and so-called smart-beta ETFs, which are passively managed but created from active strategies. Finally, the score is multiplied by the weighting of its general classification, as determined by the entire Lipper universe of funds. The category weightings for the one-year results in 2021 were general equity, 37.1%; mixed asset, 20.6%; world equity, 16.8%; taxable bond, 20.9%; and tax-exempt bond, 4.5%. The category weightings for the five-year results were general equity, 37.3%; mixed asset, 21%; world equity, 16.5%; taxable bond, 20.8%; and tax-exempt bond, 4.4%. For the 10-year list, they were general equity, 38.6%; mixed asset, 19.2%; world equity, 16.9%; taxable bond, 20.5%; and tax-exempt bond, 4.8%. Source: “Barron’s Best Fund Families,” February 18, 2022. The Refinitiv Lipper Fund Awards, granted annually, highlight funds and fund companies that have excelled in delivering consistently strong risk-adjusted performance relative to their peers. The Refinitiv Lipper Fund Awards are based on the Lipper Leader for Consistent Return rating, which is a risk-adjusted performance measure calculated over 36, 60 and 120 months. The fund with the highest Lipper Leader for Consistent Return (Effective Return) value in each eligible classification wins the Refinitiv Lipper Fund Award. For more information, see https://lipperfundawards.com. Although Refinitiv Lipper makes reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the data contained herein, the accuracy is not guaranteed by Refinitiv Lipper. Refinitiv Lipper Fund Awards, ©2022 Refinitiv. All rights reserved. Used under license. 20220324-2086761 vi Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 OR FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM to Commission file number: 001-38388 Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 15935 La Cantera Parkway, San Antonio, Texas (Address of principal executive offices) 32-0402956 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 78256 (Zip Code) (216) 898-2400 (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Class A Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value Trading Symbol(s) VCTR Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer ☐ ☐ Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company ☒ ☐ ☒ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ Aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2021 was $502.8 million. The number of outstanding shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share as of February 28, 2022 was 68,750,266. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement related to its 2022 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the registrant’s proxy statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof. Auditor’s PCAOB ID Number: 42 Auditor Name: Ernst & Young LLP Auditor Location: Cleveland, Ohio Table of Contents Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures Regarding Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation PART III Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules PART IV Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Signatures Page 3 19 49 49 49 49 50 52 74 76 126 126 127 128 128 128 128 128 129 129 133 2 Table of Contents FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities law. The forward-looking statements may include, without limitation, statements concerning our current expectations, estimates, assumptions, and beliefs concerning future events, conditions, plans, and strategies that are not historical fact. Any statement that is not historical in nature is a forward-looking statement and may be identified by the use of words and phrases such as “may,” “believes,” “intends,” “seeks,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “should,” “assumes,” “continues,” “could,” “will,” “future” and the negative of these or similar phrases. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to have been correct. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. Such forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” will be important in determining future results. Should one or more of these risks or assumptions materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in the quarterly, periodic and annual reports we file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The following text is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Victory” or the “Company” shall mean Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., (“VCH”) a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All references to years, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal year which ends on December 31. NOTE REGARDING THIRD-PARTY INFORMATION This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain market and industry data and forecasts related thereto that we rely on and refer to. We obtained this information and these statistics from sources other than us, which we have supplemented where necessary with information from publicly available sources and our own internal estimates. We use these sources and estimates and believe them to be reliable, but we cannot give any assurance that any of the projected results will be achieved. ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview We are a diversified global asset management firm with $183.7 billion in total assets under management (“AUM”) as of December 31, 2021. Our differentiated business model combines boutique investment qualities of traditional and alternative investment managers with the benefits of an integrated, centralized operating and distribution platform. Victory Capital provides specialized investment strategies to institutions, intermediaries, retirement platforms and individual investors. With 12 autonomous Investment Franchises and a Solutions Platform, Victory Capital offers a wide array of investment products, including actively and passively managed mutual funds, rules- based and active exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), institutional separate accounts, variable insurance products (“VIPs”), Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) and impact investment strategies, alternative investments, private closed end funds, and a 529 Education Savings Plan. Victory Capital’s strategies are also offered through third-party investment products, including mutual funds, third-party ETF model strategies, retail separately managed accounts (“SMAs”) and unified managed accounts (“UMAs”) through wrap account 3 Table of Contents programs, Collective Investment Trusts (“CITs”), and undertakings for the collective investment in transferrable securities (“UCITs”). As of December 31, 2021, our Franchises and our Solutions Platform collectively managed a diversified set of 130 investment strategies for a wide range of institutional and retail clients and direct investors. “Victory Funds,” Our design logos and the marks “Victory Capital,” “VictoryShares,” “CEMP,” “CEMP Volatility Weighted Indexes,” “INCORE Capital Management,” “Integrity,” “Integrity Asset Management,” “Munder,” “Munder Capital Management,” “New Energy Capital,” “THB,” “The Munder Funds,” “NewBridge,” “NewBridge Asset Management,” “RS Funds,” “RS Investments,” “Sophus Capital,” “Sycamore Capital,” “Trivalent Investments,” “USAA Investments,” and “USAA Mutual Funds” are owned or licensed for a period of time by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this report are the property of their respective owners. “Victory Capital Management,” Business History and Organization Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. was formed in 2013 for the purpose of acquiring Victory Capital Management (“VCM”) and Victory Capital Services, Inc. (“VCS”) from KeyCorp. VCM is a U.S. registered investment adviser (“RIA”) managing assets through open-end mutual funds, institutional separate accounts, CITs, wrap account programs, UCITs, private funds, and ETFs. VCM also provides mutual fund administrative services for the Victory Portfolios, Victory Variable Insurance Funds and the mutual fund series of the Victory Portfolios II (collectively, the “Victory Funds”), a family of open-end mutual funds; and, VictoryShares (the Company’s ETF brand), as well as USAA branded investment products, which includes the USAA Mutual Fund Trust, a family of open-end mutual the Company acquired WestEnd Advisors (“WestEnd”), which maintains its own RIA, which is an affiliate RIA that receives certain services from VCM. VCM employs all the Company’s United States investment professionals across all 12 Franchises and its Solutions Platform. VCM’s wholly owned subsidiaries include RS Investment Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., RS Investments (Hong Kong) Limited, and RS Investments (UK) Limited. VCS is registered with the SEC as an introducing broker-dealer and serves as distributor and underwriter for the Victory Funds and USAA Funds and for municipal fund securities issued by the Nevada College Savings Trust Fund under the USAA 529 Education Savings Plan. VCS also serves as placement agent for certain private funds managed by VCM. VCH indirectly holds Victory Capital Transfer Agency, Inc. (“VCTA”), a transfer agent registered with the SEC that acts as transfer agent for the USAA Funds. funds (the “USAA Funds”). In 2021, Our Growth Strategy We have a purposeful strategy designed to achieve continued profitable growth and success for our Company, our employees, and our shareholders. The growth we pursue is both organic and inorganic. Organic Growth – We seek to grow organically by offering strategies that are value-added and solution oriented to investment portfolios with strong performance track records over the long term. A key driver of our growth strategy lies in enhancing the strength of our existing Franchises. We primarily do this by providing them with access to our operating platform, technology, centralized distribution, marketing, and other support functions. Largely unencumbered by the burdens of administrative and operational tasks, our investment professionals can focus on delivering investment excellence and maintaining strong client relationships. We also help our Franchises through new product development and product packaging. We believe we are well positioned to help our Franchises grow their product offerings and diversify their client base, with the ability to offer their strategies in multiple investment vehicles to meet the unique needs of diverse clients. We continually evaluate and make investments to improve our operating platform and our Company. Recent initiatives include investments in data and analytics, technology, distribution, and marketing to enhance organic growth in our direct investor business and increase efficiencies in our other distribution channels. Inorganic Growth – We supplement our organic growth through strategic acquisitions. We primarily seek to acquire investment management firms that will add high quality investment teams, enhance our growth and financial profile, improve our diversification by asset class and investment strategy, achieve our integration expectations, expand our distribution capabilities, optimize our use of technology and improve our operating platform. 4 Table of Contents One of our key advantages in a competitive mergers and acquisition environment is our ability to provide access to multiple distribution channels. Our centralized distribution and marketing platform drive organic growth at our acquired Franchises both by opening new distribution channels and penetrating deeper into existing ones. This support received from our sales and marketing professionals allows our investment professionals to focus exclusively on delivering investment excellence. Since our management-led buyout with Crestview Partners II GP, L.P. (“Crestview GP”) from KeyCorp in 2013, we have successfully closed seven acquisitions, made two minority investments, and through December 31, 2021, grown our AUM more than 10-fold from $17.9 billion to $183.7 billion. We understand the need to execute transactions while minimizing disruption to the investment teams and to the client experience. Our team is very experienced and has a history of success in meeting those objectives. Previous acquisitions have evolved and diversified our products resulting in a mix of compelling investment strategies in asset classes where we can be successful and earn sustainable management fees. 1Strategic minority investments in 2016 and 2018, exited with a gain in 2019 2Strategic minority investment We regularly evaluate potential acquisition candidates and maintain a strong network of industry participants and advisors who provide opportunities to establish potential target relationships and source transactions. Our management leveraging their many years of experience actively operating our Company on a day-to-day basis to successfully source, execute, integrate, and ultimately operate acquired businesses. team leads and participates in our acquisition strategy, We believe, based on our successful acquisition track record, that there is a significant opportunity for us to continue to profitably grow through additional acquisitions, as industry dynamics have expanded the universe of potential acquisition targets. Alternative Investments – In 2021, we launched our alternative investments platform with the acquisition of New Energy Capital (“NEC”). This broadened and further diversified our product offering into private markets and added a new growth vertical. Given our multi-faceted distribution channels, combined with our ability to develop investment vehicles to deliver these strategies, we are ideally situated to play a meaningful role in democratizing access to alternative investments for retail investors. With attractive fee rates, margins, longer capital commitments compared with our liquid products, and less likelihood of being disintermediated by non-active strategies, we remain interested in adding additional alternative investment capabilities. We are committed to maintaining the same guiding principles with alternative Investment Franchises that led to success with our traditional Investment Franchises. 5 Table of Contents Diversification Strategy We offer an array of equity, fixed income, investment models, alternative investments, closed end private funds, and solutions strategies that encompass a diverse spectrum of market capitalization segments, industry sectors, investment styles and approaches. We believe that these strategies are positioned to attract positive net flows and sustainable fee rates over the long term and provide us with a next generation investment management platform. As illustrated below, as of December 31, 2021, our current business is well diversified from multiple perspectives, including by asset class, by investment vehicle, and by Franchises and our Solutions Platform. Asset Class Mix 6 Table of Contents Vehicle Mix Franchise/Platform Mix Data as of December 31, 2021. Within individual asset classes and strategies, our Franchises employ different investment approaches. This diversification reduces the correlation between return streams generated by multiple Franchises investing within the same asset class. For example, we have two Franchises (Trivalent and Sophus) focused on Emerging Markets within global/non-U.S. equity, each with a different investment approach. Trivalent’s investment team primarily focuses on quantitative analysis for stock selection, combined with some fundamental analysis. Sophus employs a front-end quantitative screen to first rank stocks, then further applies fundamental research to make its investment decisions. Due to the differences in investment approaches, each Franchise has a different return profile for investors in different market environments while maintaining desired asset class exposure. 7 Table of Contents Our multi-channel distribution capabilities provide another degree of diversification, with approximately 37% of our AUM from direct investor clients, 36% from retail clients, and 27% from institutional clients, as of December 31, 2021. Within these channels, clients are further diversified among intermediary (broker dealer and RIAs) platforms, sub advisory relationships, corporate and public entities, insurance companies, 529 Education Saving Plan participants, Taft-Hartley plans, endowments, and family offices. We believe this broad diversification of customers has a stabilizing effect on revenue, as various types of investors have unique demand patterns and respond differently to trends and market cycles. Our Investment Franchises As of December 31, 2021, we owned 100% of the equity in each of our 12 Investment Franchises. With no Investment Franchise accounting for more than 18% of total AUM, we are well diversified across asset classes and investment approaches. Our Franchises are independent from one another from an investment process perspective, maintain their own separate brands and logos, which have been built over time, and are led by dedicated Chief Investment Officers (“CIOs”). We customize each Franchise’s integration with our centralized operating platform to optimize their investment processes. INCORE Capital Management – INCORE Capital Management is comprised of three teams managing convertible bond strategies, short-term U.S. government securities, and niche and customized fixed income strategies focusing on exploiting structural inefficiencies in the U.S. fixed income markets. INCORE conducts extensive research that includes identifying slower prepayment rates on mortgages, market inefficiencies along areas of the yield curve, and proprietary quantitative credit quality modeling. INCORE is based in Birmingham, MI, and Brooklyn, OH and managed $7.5 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. INCORE’s investment team consists of 14 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 21 years. Integrity Asset Management – Integrity Asset Management utilizes a dynamic value-oriented approach to U.S. mid- and small-capitalization companies. Integrity conducts fundamental stock research to find attractive companies that have compelling discounts to the prevailing market conditions. Integrity is based in Rocky River, OH, and managed $5.3 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. Integrity’s investment team consists of 13 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 22 years. Munder Capital Management – Munder Capital Management has an experienced team utilizing a “Growth-at-a-Reasonable-Price” strategy in the U.S. equity markets designed to generate consistently strong performance over a market cycle. Munder performs extensive fundamental research in order to find attractive growth companies that it expects will exceed market expectations. Of the companies with independently determined growth attributes, valuation is applied to find the most inexpensive growth companies. Munder is based in Birmingham, MI, and managed $1.9 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. Munder’s investment team consists of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 28 years. New Energy Capital – NEC manages alternative investments in private closed end funds, with investment periods ranging between five and 10 years. NEC was one of the first investors to focus on clean energy and infrastructure investments of small-and mid-sized clean energy infrastructure projects and companies. NEC’s investments provide growth capital in all forms across the capital structure from credit to equity, as well as hybrid financing arrangements. The investment team has extensive experience in all aspects of clean infrastructure investing, including evaluating energy markets, projects, and technologies; developing and financing domestic and international power generation, founding and managing renewable energy companies; and understanding the public policies that currently shape the landscape for the energy and related infrastructure markets. Based in Hanover, NH, NEC managed $0.8 billion as of December 31, 2021. NEC’s investment team consists of 10 investment professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 13 years. fuels, wastewater management, and distributed generation facilities; NewBridge Asset Management – NewBridge Asset Management applies a high conviction growth-oriented strategy focusing on U.S. large-capitalization companies experiencing superior long-term growth rates with strong management teams. Most of NewBridge’s team has worked together since 1996 doing fundamental research on high growth companies. NewBridge portfolios usually holds between 25 and 35 securities. NewBridge is based in New York, NY, and managed $1.0 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. 8 Table of Contents NewBridge’s investment approximately 25 years. team consists of four professionals with an average industry experience of RS Investments – RS Investments is made up of three distinct investment teams: (i) RS Value, (ii) RS Growth and (iii) RS Global. RS Value and RS Growth apply an original and proprietary fundamental approach to investing in value and growth-oriented U.S. equity strategies. The RS Value and RS Growth teams conduct hundreds of company research meetings each year. RS Global utilizes a highly disciplined quantitative approach to managing core-oriented global and international equity strategies. RS Investments is based in San Francisco, CA, and managed $11.8 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. RS Investments’ three investment teams consist of 21 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 22 years. Sophus Capital – Sophus Capital utilizes a disciplined quantitative process that accesses market conditions in emerging equity markets and rank orders attractive companies that are further researched from a fundamental basis. Sophus’ team members travel to companies to conduct fundamental research. Sophus is based in Des Moines, IA, with employees in London, Hong Kong, and Singapore, and managed $2.5 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. Sophus’ investment team consists of 10 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 21 years. Sycamore Capital – Sycamore Capital applies a quality value-oriented approach to U.S. mid- and small- capitalization companies. Sycamore conducts fundamental research to find companies with strong high-quality balance sheets that are undervalued versus comparable high-quality companies. Sycamore is based in Cincinnati, OH, and managed $32.3 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. Sycamore’s investment team consists of 11 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 18 years. THB Asset Management – Founded in 1982, and formerly known as Thomson, Hortsmann & Bryant, THB Asset Management (“THB”) manages equity assets in capacity constrained, micro-cap, small-cap, and mid- cap asset classes, including strategies managing U.S., international and global portfolios. THB was an early adopter of introducing ESG factors into their investment process and security selection. THB serves clients in the U.S. and in Europe and Australia. Based in Norwalk, CT, THB’s investment team is comprised of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 13 years. Trivalent Investments – Trivalent Investments utilizes a disciplined approach to stock selection across large to small companies in the international and emerging markets space. Trivalent’s investment strategy is primarily a proprietary quantitative process that drives stock selection across various countries. Trivalent frequently conducts reviews of stock selection rankings within a portfolio construction and risk management context in order to isolate performance to stock selection. Trivalent is based in Boston, MA, and managed $5.8 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. Trivalent’s investment team consists of seven professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 25 years. USAA Investments – The team at USAA Investments utilizes a rigorous process rooted in a team-oriented approach among portfolio managers, research analysts and traders. Their taxable and tax-exempt portfolios are built bond by bond using a fundamental, bottom up, credit and yield-focused analysis. USAA Investments is based in San Antonio, TX, and managed $28.6 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. USAA’s investment team consists of 39 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 24 years. WestEnd Advisors – WestEnd, is a third-party ETF model strategist providing turnkey, core model allocation strategies serving as holistic solutions and complementary sources of alpha. WestEnd is based in Charlotte, NC, and had assets under advisement (“AUA”) and AUM totaling $19.3 billion as of December 31, 2021. The WestEnd team consists of 25 members averaging approximately 12 years of industry experience. Solutions Platform Our Solutions Platform consists of multi-asset, multi-manager, quantitative, rules-based, factor-based, and customized portfolios. These strategies are designed to achieve specific return characteristics, with products that include values-based and thematic outcomes and exposures. We offer our Solutions Platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds, UMA accounts, rules-based and active ETFs under our VictoryShares ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our Solutions Platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions. Our Solutions Platform is based in San Antonio, TX, and managed $66.3 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. The 9 Table of Contents Solutions Platform team consists of 13 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 15 years. Our Products and Investment Performance As of December 31, 2021, our 12 Franchises and Solutions Platform offered 130 investment strategies with the majority consisting of fixed income, U.S. small- and mid-cap equities, global/non-U.S. equities and solutions. These asset classes collectively comprised 89% of our $183.7 billion of total AUM, and 91% of long- term AUM, as of December 31, 2021. Product Mix – Our investment strategies are offered through open-end mutual funds, institutional separate accounts, CITs, private closed end funds, UCITs, other pooled vehicles, SMAs and UMAs through wrap separate account programs, ETFs, and ETF model strategies. Our product mix could expand, as we can add investment vehicles to strategies offered by our Franchises. Investment Performance – Our Franchises have established a long track record of benchmark-relative outperformance, including prior to their acquisition by us. As of December 31, 2021, 77% of our strategies by AUM had returns in excess of their respective benchmarks over a ten-year period, 82% over a five-year period, 77% over a three-year period, and 64% over a one-year period. On an equal-weighted basis, 71% of our strategies have outperformed their benchmarks over a ten-year period, 67% over a five-year period, 60% over a three-year period, and 70% over a one-year period. We consider both the AUM-weighted and equal-weighted metrics in evaluating our investment performance. The advantage of the AUM-weighted metric is that it reflects the investment performance of our Company as a whole, indicating whether we tend to outperform our benchmarks for the assets we manage. The disadvantage is that the metric fails to capture the overall effectiveness of our individual investment strategies; it does not capture whether most of our strategies tend to outperform their respective benchmarks. Conversely, the equal-weighted metric reflects the overall effectiveness of our individual investment strategies but fails to capture the investment performance of our Company as a whole. The table below sets forth our 10 largest strategies by AUM as of December 31, 2021 and their average annual total returns compared to their respective benchmark index over the one-, three-, five- and 10-year periods ended December 31, 2021. These strategies represented approximately 42% of our total AUM as of December 31, 2021. Strategy/Benchmark Index Sycamore Mid Cap Value ................................................................... Russell Midcap Value ......................................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ Victory US 500 .................................................................................... S&P 500.............................................................................................. Excess Return............................................................................ Sycamore Small Cap Value ................................................................ Russell 2000 Value ............................................................................. Excess Return............................................................................ USAA Income ..................................................................................... Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate .................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ Trivalent International Small-Cap Equity............................................. S&P Developed ex-US SmallCap ....................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ USAA Tax Exempt Intermediate-Term ............................................... Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond Blend 1-15 Yr. .......................... 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 32.68% 28.34% 4.34% 27.80% 28.71% (0.91)% 26.63% 28.27% (1.64)% 0.83% (1.54)% 2.37% 13.47% 9.15% 4.32% 2.61% 0.86% 23.20% 19.62% 3.58% 26.88% 26.07% 0.81% 19.69% 17.99% 1.70% 6.96% 4.79% 2.17% 19.48% 15.52% 3.96% 5.09% 3.98% 14.61% 11.22% 3.39% 18.92% 18.47% 0.45% 12.38% 9.07% 3.31% 5.19% 3.57% 1.62% 13.60% 10.55% 3.05% 4.65% 3.57% 15.67% 13.44% 2.23% 16.77% 16.55% 0.22% 14.60% 12.03% 2.57% 4.60% 2.90% 1.70% 13.55% 9.89% 3.66% 4.14% 3.05% 10 Table of Contents Excess Return............................................................................ Victory NASDAQ-100.......................................................................... NASDAQ-100...................................................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ RS Small Cap Growth......................................................................... Russell 2000 Growth........................................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ RS Large Cap Growth......................................................................... Russell 1000 Growth........................................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ USAA Intermediate Term Bond .......................................................... Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate .................................................... Excess Return............................................................................ 1.75% 27.49% 27.51% (0.02)% (9.81)% 2.83% (12.64)% 21.39% 27.60% (6.21)% 1.49% (1.54)% 3.03% 1.11% 38.37% 38.34% 0.03% 20.70% 21.17% (0.47)% 29.79% 34.08% (4.29)% 7.64% 4.79% 2.85% 1.08% 28.65% 28.63% 0.02% 17.64% 14.53% 3.11% 22.35% 25.32% (2.97)% 5.78% 3.57% 2.21% 1.09% 23.14% 23.15% (0.01)% 16.38% 14.14% 2.24% 18.73% 19.79% (1.06)% 5.44% 2.90% 2.54% A high percentage of our mutual fund and ETF assets have four- or five-star Morningstar ratings. As of December 31, 2021, 43 of our Victory Capital mutual funds and ETFs, with Morningstar ratings, earned ratings of four or five stars overall and 64% of our mutual fund and ETF AUM were rated four or five stars overall by Morningstar. Over a three-year and five-year basis, 61% and 62% of our fund AUM achieved four- or five-star ratings, respectively. Competitive Strengths We believe we have significant competitive strengths that position us for sustained growth and shareholder value creation over the long term. Integrated Model Providing Centralized Distribution, Marketing, and Support Functions to Investment Franchises, which maintain complete Investment Autonomy – Our highly integrated model allows us to achieve benefits from both our substantial scale and the focus of our specialized investment managers. Our Franchises retain investment autonomy while benefiting from our centralized operating platform. We have demonstrated an ability to incorporate our Franchises onto our flexible infrastructure without significantly increasing incremental fixed costs, which is a key component to the scalability of our business model. This structure enables our Franchises to focus their efforts on the investment process, providing them with a scaled platform to enhance their investment performance and consequently their growth prospects. Centralized operations allow our Franchises to customize their desired investment support functions in ways that are best suited for their investment workflow. Through our unified distribution platform, our Franchises can efficiently sell their products to institutional investors, retirement plans, wealth managers, as well as through retail and retirement intermediaries of all sizes, where it can be challenging for smaller managers to gain access, and directly to investors. Within our model, each Franchise retains its own brand and logo, which has been built over time. Unlike other models with unified branding, there is no requirement for newly acquired Franchises to adjust their product set due to pre-existing products on our platform; they are marketed under their own brand as they were previously. Because of this dynamic, we have the flexibility to add new Franchises either to gain greater exposure to certain asset classes or increase capacity in places where we already have exposure. Proven Acquirer with Compelling Value Proposition – We believe our platform allows us to continue to be a strategic acquirer within the investment management industry, providing us with an opportunity to further grow and scale our business. Through numerous transactions, we have demonstrated an ability to successfully source, execute and integrate new Franchises. We believe our unique business model is compelling for potential acquisition prospects. Under our model, Franchises retain the brands they have built as well as autonomy over their investment decisions, while simultaneously benefiting from the ability to leverage our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform. Our model reduces the administrative burdens borne by our Investment Franchises and allows them instead to focus on the investment process, which we believe can enhance their investment performance. By 11 Table of Contents offering a platform on which Franchises can focus on their core competencies, grow their client base faster and participate in a revenue share program, we believe we are providing an attractive proposition. Furthermore, we believe equity in Victory Capital is attractive to Franchise investment personnel, as these personnel receive the advantage of sharing in the potential upside of the entirety of our diversified investment management business. Because we integrate a significant portion of most of our Franchises’ distribution, operational and administrative functions, we have been able to extract significant expense synergies from certain acquisitions, enabling us to create greater value from transactions. We will seek to continue to augment our differentiated investment management platform by focusing on acquisition candidates that can make our investment platform better, that expand our distribution or investment capabilities, that optimize our operating platform and achieve our integration and synergy expectations. Portfolio of Investment Strategies with Potential for Outperformance – In assembling our portfolio of Franchises, we have selected investment managers offering strategies in asset classes where active managers have shown an established track record of outperformance relative to benchmarks through security and sector selection, and portfolio construction. We continue to build our platform to address the needs of clients who would like exposure to asset classes that have potential for alpha generation. We find that macro industry trends of asset flows moving from actively managed strategies to passive ones are less pronounced in certain of our asset classes. Diversified Platform Across Investment Strategies, Franchises and Client Type – We have strategically built an investment platform that is diversified by investment strategy, Franchise, and client type. Within each asset class, Franchises with overlapping investment mandates still contribute to our diversification by pursuing different investment philosophies and/or processes. For example, U.S. mid cap equities, which accounted for approximately 17% of total AUM as of December 31, 2021, consists of five Franchises, each following a different investment strategy. We believe the diversity in investment styles reduces the correlation between the return profiles of strategies within the same asset class, and consequently provides an additional layer of diversification of AUM and revenue stability. Our AUM also is well diversified at the Franchise level, with no Franchise accounting for more than 18% of total AUM. Furthermore, we believe our Franchises’ brand independence reduces the impact of each individual Franchise’s performance on clients’ perceptions of the other Franchises. The distribution of AUM by Franchise and the number of Franchises, as well as succession planning, mitigates the level of key man risk typically associated with investment management businesses. We believe our client base serves as another important diversifying element, as different client segments have shown to have distinct characteristics, including asset class and product preferences, sales and redemptions 12 Table of Contents trends, and exposure to secular trends. We strive to maintain a balance between direct investor, retail clients, and institutional clients with 37%, 36% and 27% of our AUM as of December 31, 2021 in each of these channels, respectively. We also have the capability to deliver our strategies in investment vehicles designed to meet the needs and preferences of investors in each channel. These investment vehicles include actively and passively managed open-end mutual funds with channel-specific share classes, rules-based and active ETFs, third-party ETF model strategies, SMAs, UMAs, VIPs, CITs, wrap account programs, UCITs, alternative investments, private closed end funds, and a 529 Education Savings Plan. If a strategy is currently not offered in the wrapper of choice for a client, we have the infrastructure and ability to create a new investment vehicle, which helps our Franchises further diversify their client bases. Attractive Financial Profile – Our revenues are recurring in nature, as they are based on the level of client assets we manage. Most of our strategies are in asset classes that require specialized skill, are in demand and typically command attractive fee rates. With the growth of our Solutions Platform and third-party ETF model strategies, our average fee rate is likely to decline as those businesses continue to grow and represent an increasing proportion of our total AUM. Despite their lower average fee rates, by managing these competitively priced strategies on our integrated platform we can earn higher than our average margins on these products. Because we largely outsource our middle- and back-office functions, as well as technology support, we have relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements. Our integrated platform allows us the ability to make investments that can benefit each Franchise and our Solutions Platform. Approximately two-thirds of our operating expenses are variable in nature, consisting of the incentive compensation pool for employees, sales commissions, third-party distribution costs, sub-advising and the fees we pay to certain of our vendors. This automatic flexing of our expense base helps to support profitability throughout various market cycles. We have identified three primary net income growth drivers; (i) we grow our AUM organically through inflows into our strategies and the market appreciation of those strategies; (ii) we have a proven ability to grow via strategic and synergistic acquisitions; and (iii) we have constructed a scalable and efficient platform. Economic and Structural Alignment of Interests Promotes Ownership Culture – Through our revenue share compensation model for our Franchises and broad employee ownership, we have structurally aligned our employees’ interests with those of our clients and other shareholders and have created an ownership culture that encourages employees to act in the best interests of clients and our Company shareholders, as well as to think long term. We believe the high percentage of employee ownership creates a collective alignment with our success. Additionally, our employees invest in products managed by our Franchises and Solutions Platform, providing direct alignment with the interests of our clients. As of December 31, 2021, our employees beneficially owned approximately 20% of our shares. In addition to being aligned with our financial success through their equity ownership, our current employees collectively have invested approximately $250.0 million in products we manage as of December 31, 2021. We directly align the compensation paid to our investment teams with the performance of their respective Franchises by structuring formula-based revenue sharing on the products they manage. We believe that compensation based on revenue rather than profits encourages investment professionals to focus their attention on investment performance, while encouraging them to provide good client service, focus on client retention and attract new assets. We believe the formula-based, client-aligned nature of our revenue sharing reduces complexity and fosters a culture of transparency where Franchises understand how, and on what terms, they are being measured to earn compensation. Integrated Distribution, Marketing and Operations The centralization of our distribution, marketing and operational functions is a key component in our model, allowing our Franchises to focus on their core competencies of security and sector selection, portfolio construction, and client service. In addition, we believe it provides our Franchises with the benefits of operating at scale, providing them with access to a larger number of clients as well as a more streamlined cost structure. As of December 31, 2021, we had 485 full-time employees with 174 in investment management, 218 in sales and marketing roles and 93 in management and support functions. Our centralized distribution and marketing functions lead the sales effort retail intermediary, and direct investor channels. Our sales teams are staffed with accomplished professionals that institutional, for our 13 Table of Contents retail and retirement are given specific training on how to position each of our strategies. Our distribution teams have historically focused on developing strategic long-term relationships with institutional consultants, institutional asset owners, intermediaries, RIAs, Family Offices, and bank trust departments. Complementing these relationships, we use data extensively to enhance the effectiveness of our distribution teams. intelligence initiatives, and predictive analytics—used to determine specific financial advisors’ propensities to buy or sell products—further enhance efficiencies. Investments in data packs from intermediaries, artificial These relationships can enhance our platform’s overall reach and allow our Franchises and Solutions Platform to access more clients. To ensure high levels of client service, our sales teams liaise regularly with product specialists at our Franchises. The specialists are tasked with responding to institutional client and retail inquiries on product performance and educating prospective investors and retail partners in coordination with the relevant internal sales team members. Our distribution and marketing professionals collaborate closely with our Franchises’ product specialists in order to attract new clients while also servicing and generating additional sales from existing clients. Direct Investor Business – In 2020, we launched a new digital platform to directly serve investors which features a client-centric modern design. Visitors to the site are presented with channel-specific content, useful investment tools and calculators, and timely investment insights from the Company’s investment experts. At our direct investor business contact center, we have approximately 200 sales and service professionals focused on assisting our direct investors (the “Investors”). They engage with thousands of investors everyday via phone, chat or email depending on the investor’s preference. We also have a mobile application that streamlines service for investors and enhances internal efficiency. Through these interactions we provide Investors with account servicing, portfolio reviews, college planning assistance and investment guidance at no additional cost to the Investor. Many of our direct investor business contact center professionals are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) licensed, so they are well qualified to serve the Investors’ investment needs. We have a referral agreement in place with USAA to ensure all USAA members who are interested in investing directly in a USAA Mutual Fund, certain Victory Mutual Funds, or the USAA 529 Education Savings Plan, or interacting with us otherwise, are seamlessly directed to us, either by phone or online. institutional consultants and mutual Institutional Sales – Our institutional sales team attracts and builds relationships with institutional clients, a wide range of fund complexes and other organizations seeking institutional clientele includes more than 400 corporations, public funds, non-profit sub-advisers. Our organizations, Taft-Hartley plans, sub-advisory clients, international clients, sovereign wealth funds, and insurance companies. Our institutional sales and client-service professionals manage existing client relationships, serve consultants and prospects and/or focus on specific segments. They have extensive experience and a comprehensive understanding of our investment activities. Our client-facing institutional sales professionals have an average of more than 20 years of industry tenure. Retail Sales – Our retail sales team includes regional external wholesalers, retirement specialists, RIA specialists, national account specialists, all of whom are supported by an internal sales desk. We also have a team of nine distribution professionals specializing in the sale of third-party ETF model strategies. Additionally, we have a growing team focused on RIA, Bank Trust & Multi Family Offices with exceptional product knowledge to enhance the growth in this sub-channel within our retail sales. In the retail channel, we focus on gathering assets through intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, wirehouses, retirement platforms and RIA networks. We offer mutual funds, ETFs, third-party ETF models, and separately managed wrap and unified managed accounts on intermediary and retirement platforms. We have agreements with many of the largest platforms in our retail channel, which has provided an opportunity to place our retail products on those platforms. Further, to enhance our presence on large distribution platforms, we have focused our efforts on servicing intermediary home offices and research departments. These efforts have led to strong growth in platform penetration, as measured by investment products on approved and recommended lists, as well as our inclusion in model portfolios. This penetration provides the opportunity for us to sell more products through distribution platforms. We have several products on the research recommended/model portfolios of the top U.S. intermediary platforms. We also have several products on the recommended list of the top retirement platforms. Marketing – Our distribution efforts are supplemented by our marketing function, which is primarily responsible for enhancing the visibility and quality of our portfolio of brands. They are specifically tasked with 14 Table of Contents the managing corporate, Franchise and Solutions Platform branding efforts, database management, development of marketing materials, our website, digital marketplace, digital marketing and social media efforts, and the publishing of white papers. They are also a key component in our responses to requests for proposals received from prospective clients. Operations – Our highly centralized operations functions provide our Franchises and Solutions Platform with the support they need so that they can focus on their investment processes. Our Investment Franchises share operating functions such as trading platforms, risk and compliance, middle- and back-office support, technology, finance, human resources, accounting and legal. Although our operations are highly centralized, we do allow our Franchises a degree of customization with respect to their desired investment support functions, which we believe helps them maintain their unique investment processes and minimize disruptions. We outsource certain middle- and back-office activities, such as sub-transfer agent, trade settlement, portfolio analytics, custodian reconciliation, portfolio accounting, corporate action processing, performance calculation to scaled, recognized service providers, who provide their services to us on a and client reporting, variable-cost basis. Systems and processes are customized as necessary to support our investment processes and operations. We maintain relationships with multiple vendors for most of our outsourced functions, which we believe mitigates vendor-specific risk. We also have cyber and information security, business continuity and data privacy programs in place to help mitigate risk. Outsourcing these functions enables us to grow our AUM, both organically and through acquisitions, without the incremental capital expenditures and working capital that would typically be needed. Under our direction and oversight, our outsourced model enhances our ability to integrate our acquisitions, as we are experienced in working with our vendors to efficiently bring additional Franchises onto our platform in a cost-efficient manner. We believe both the scalability of our business and our cost structure, in which approximately two-thirds of our operating expenses are variable, drives industry-leading margins and facilitates free cash flow conversion. Additionally, we believe having most of our expenses tied to AUM and the number of client accounts provides downside margin protection should there be sustained net outflows or adverse market conditions. Competition institutional segments, via intermediary and retirement Our investment products are sold in the traditional distribution platforms, and directly to investors. We face competition with other investment firms in attracting and retaining assets. Additionally, we compete with other acquirers of investment management firms, including independent, integrated investment management firms and multi-boutique businesses, insurance companies, banks, private equity firms and other financial institutions. We compete with other managers offering similar strategies. Some of these organizations have greater financial resources and capabilities than we can offer and have strong performance track records. We effectively compete with other investment management firms for client assets based on the following primary factors: (i) our investment performance track record of delivering alpha; (ii) the specialized nature of our investment strategies; (iii) fees charged; (iv) access to distribution channels; (v) client service; and (vi) our employees’ alignment of interests with investors. We compete with other potential acquirers of investment management firms primarily on the basis of the following factors: (i) the strength of our distribution relationships; (ii) the value we add through our shared distribution, marketing and operations platforms; (iii) the investment autonomy Franchises retain post acquisition; (iv) the tenure and continuity of our management and investment professionals; and (v) the value that can be delivered to the seller through realization of synergies created by the combination of the businesses. Our ability to continue to compete effectively will also depend upon our ability to retain our current investment professionals and employees and to attract highly qualified new investment professionals and employees. For additional information concerning the competitive risks that we face, refer to “Risk Factors—Industry Risks— The investment management industry is intensely competitive.” 15 Table of Contents Human Capital We have created a strong alignment of interests with clients and shareholders through employee ownership, our Franchise revenue share structure, and employee investments in our products. Notably, a significant number of our employee shareholders acquired their equity in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, as well as in connection with the acquisitions of RS and Munder. We believe the opportunity to own equity in a well-diversified investment management company promotes long-term thinking and client alignment and is attractive, both to existing employees and those who join as part of acquisitions. We principally compensate our investment professionals through a revenue share program, which we believe further incentivizes our investment professionals to focus on investment performance, while simultaneously minimizing potential distractions from an expense allocation process that would be involved in a profit-sharing program. We believe the combination of these mechanisms promotes long-term thinking and enhances both the client experience and the creation of value for our shareholders. Our senior management team, Franchises’ CIOs and sales leaders are highly experienced in the industry, each bringing significant expertise to his or her role, having tenures on average of more than 20 years. As an asset management firm, we are in the human capital business. As such, we value and appreciate our most important asset—our people. We employ “owners”, not employees. Accordingly, we strive to offer competitive compensation and employee benefits to all employees. We want them to own their contribution to Victory Capital’s success. In recognition of this mission, Victory Capital has established an equity awards program that most employees participate in. As of December 31, 2021, we had 485 employees, with more than 70% holding ownership interests in our Company that totaled approximately 20% of the equity in our firm. Our employees also held approximately $250.0 million of their personal assets in our investment products at year-end. We believe that doing our part to maintain the health and welfare of our employees is a critical element for achieving commercial success. As such, we provide our employees with comprehensive health benefits and offer a wellness program which focuses on employee health strategies and includes a discount to employee medical premiums for the completion of certain wellness initiatives. We have taken a proactive approach to addressing the ongoing coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic’s impact on our employees in order to protect their health, encouraging and in some instances requiring working from home, and balancing these steps with a carefully considered return to office policy that complies with respective local guidelines for each of our offices. In addition, we offer employee assistance programs, including confidential assistance for financial, mental, and physical well-being. Finally, the well-being of our employees is enhanced when they can give back to their local communities or charities and we have programs that encourage our employees to give back to their local communities. We recognize and appreciate the importance of creating an environment in which all employees feel valued, included, and empowered to do their best work and as a result our Diversity, Inclusion, Cohesion, and Engagement Committee is charged with integrating a diversity strategy that drives best practices, goals and objectives. The Committee’s mission is to foster an environment that attracts the best talent, values diversity of life experiences and perspectives, and encourages innovation and excellence. We encourage you to review our Corporate Responsibility Report (located on our website) for more detailed information regarding our human capital programs and initiatives. Nothing on our website is deemed incorporated by reference into this Report. Regulatory Environment and Compliance Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at the federal level and, to a lesser extent, the state level, as well as regulation by self-regulatory organizations, and outside the United States. Under these laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers have broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit an investment adviser from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures and fines. 16 Table of Contents SEC Investment Adviser and Investment Company Registration / Regulation – VCM and WestEnd are both registered with the SEC as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and several of the investment companies we sub-advise are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, together with the SEC’s regulations and interpretations thereunder, impose substantive and material restrictions and requirements on the operations of advisers and registered funds. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, ranging from fines and censures to termination of an adviser’s registration. As an investment adviser, we have a fiduciary duty to our clients. The SEC has interpreted that duty to impose standards, requirements and limitations on, among other things: trading for proprietary, personal and client accounts; allocations of investment opportunities among clients; our use of soft dollars; execution of transactions; and recommendations to clients. We manage accounts for clients on a discretionary basis, with authority to buy and sell securities for each portfolio, select broker-dealers to execute trades and negotiate brokerage these transactions, we receive soft dollar credits from commission rates. broker-dealers that have the effect of reducing certain of our expenses. All our soft dollar arrangements are intended to be within the safe harbor provided by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. If our ability to use soft dollars were reduced or eliminated as a result of the implementation of statutory amendments or new regulations, our operating expenses would increase. In addition, we also advise clients on a non-discretionary basis where we provide actively managed models using non-proprietary products. This is often referred to as assets under advisement. In connection with certain of As registered investment advisers, VCM and WestEnd are subject to many additional requirements that cover, among other things: disclosure of information about our business to clients; maintenance of written policies and procedures; maintenance of extensive books and records; restrictions on the types of fees we may charge; custody of client assets; client privacy; advertising; and solicitation of clients. The SEC has authority to inspect any investment adviser and typically inspects a registered adviser periodically to determine whether the adviser is conducting its activities (i) in accordance with applicable laws, (ii) in a manner that is consistent with disclosures made to clients and (iii) with adequate systems and procedures to ensure compliance. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 86% of our total revenues were derived from our services to investment companies registered under the 1940 Act—i.e., mutual funds and ETFs. The 1940 Act imposes significant requirements and limitations on a registered fund, including with respect to its capital structure, investments and transactions. While we exercise broad discretion over the day-to-day management of the business and affairs of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and the investment portfolios of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, and VictoryShares and the funds we sub-advise, the funds are subject to oversight of and governance by each fund’s board of directors. Under the 1940 Act, a majority of the directors of our registered funds must not be “interested persons” with respect to us (sometimes referred to as the “independent director” requirement) in order to rely on certain exemptive rules under the 1940 Act relevant to the operation of registered funds. The responsibilities of the fund’s board include, among other things: approving our for sub-advisory arrangements, our sub-advisory agreement with the fund’s investment adviser); approving other service providers; determining the method of valuing assets; and monitoring transactions involving affiliates. Our investment advisory agreements with these funds may be terminated by the funds on not more than 60 days’ notice and are subject to annual renewal by the fund’s board after the initial term of one to two years. The 1940 Act also imposes on investment advisers or sub-advisers to a registered fund a fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of the advisers’ investment management fees or the sub-advisers’ sub-advisory fees. That fiduciary duty may be enforced by the SEC, by administrative action or by litigation by investors in the fund pursuant to a private right of action. investment advisory agreement with the fund (or, 17 Table of Contents As required by the Advisers Act, our investment advisory agreements may not be assigned without the client’s consent. Under the 1940 Act, investment advisory agreements with registered funds (such as the mutual funds and ETFs we manage) terminate automatically upon assignment. The term “assignment” is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a “controlling block” of our outstanding voting securities. Refer to “Risk Factors— Business Risks—An assignment could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements to manage SEC-registered funds and could trigger consent requirements in our other investment advisory agreements.” SEC Broker-Dealer Registration / FINRA Regulation – VCS is subject to regulation by the SEC, FINRA and various states. In addition, certain of our employees are registered with FINRA and such states and subject to SEC, state and FINRA regulation. The failure of these companies and/or employees to comply with relevant regulation could have a material adverse effect on our business. SEC Transfer Agent Registration – VCTA is a SEC-registered transfer agent. Our registered transfer agent is subject to the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. These laws and regulations generally grant the SEC and other supervisory bodies broad administrative powers to address non-compliance with regulatory requirements. Sanctions that may be imposed for non-compliance with these requirements include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. ERISA-Related Regulation – We are a fiduciary under Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) with respect to assets that we manage for benefit plan clients subject to ERISA. ERISA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients and impose monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions. The duties under ERISA require, among other obligations, fiduciaries perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries. that CFTC Regulation – VCM is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) as a commodity operator and is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”), a self-regulatory organization for the U.S. derivatives industry. In addition, certain of our employees are registered with the CFTC and members of NFA. Registration with the CFTC and NFA membership subjects VCM to regulation by the CFTC and the NFA including, but not limited to, reporting, recordkeeping, disclosure, self-examination and training requirements. Registration with the CFTC also subjects VCM to periodic on-site audits. Each of the CFTC and NFA is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of applicable regulations. Non-U.S. Regulation – In addition to the extensive regulation to which we are subject in the United States, we are subject to regulation internationally. Our business also is subject to the rules and regulations of the countries in which we market our funds or services and conduct investment activities. In Singapore, we are subject to, among others, the Securities and Futures Act (“SFA”), the Financial Advisers Act (“FAA”), and the subsidiary legislation promulgated pursuant to these acts, which are administered by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”). We and our employees conducting regulated activities specified in the SFA and/or the FAA are required to be licensed with the MAS. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, codes, directives, notices and guidelines issued by the MAS may result in penalties including fines, censures and the suspension or revocation of licenses granted by the MAS. 18 Table of Contents VCM is also authorized by the Central Bank of Ireland, which regulates our Irish business activities, to act as an investment manager to Irish UCITS fund. We have historically operated in Australia based on a “sufficient equivalence relief” exemption from local licensing with the Australian Securities and Investments commission. In 2021, we applied for a Foreign Australian Financial Services License (AFS) which was granted on June 15, 2021. Compliance – Our legal and compliance functions consist of 13 professionals as of December 31, 2021. This group is responsible for all legal and regulatory compliance matters, as well as for monitoring adherence to client investment guidelines. Our legal and compliance teams work through a well-established reporting and communication structure to ensure we have a consistent and holistic program for legal and regulatory compliance. Senior management also is involved at various levels in all these functions. We cannot assure that our legal and compliance functions will be effective to prevent all losses. Refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors— General Risks—If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.” For more information about our regulatory environment, refer to “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks— As an investment management firm, we are subject to extensive regulation” and “Risk Factors— Legal and Regulatory Risks —The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may materially adversely affect our business.” Available Information We routinely file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information required by the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public from the SEC’s public internet site at https://www.sec.gov. We maintain a public internet site at ir.vcm.com and make available free of charge through this site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as any amendments to those to the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we reports filed or furnished pursuant electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. We also post on our website the charters for our board of directors’ Audit Committee, Nominating, Governance and Sustainability Committee and Compensation Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Corporate Responsibility Statement, and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers, and employees. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case the trading price of our common stock could decline. This report also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below. Risk Factors Summary The following is a summary of risks and uncertainties that affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We are providing the following summary of risk factors to enhance readability of our risk factor disclosure. Material risks that may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following: Market and Investment Performance Risks • We earn substantially all of our revenues based on AUM, and any reduction in AUM would reduce our revenues and profitability. 19 Table of Contents • • • The ongoing conflict in Ukraine has, and will likely continue to, negatively impact the global economy. If our strategies perform poorly, clients could redeem their assets and we could suffer a decline in our AUM, which would reduce our earnings. The historical returns of our strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of the strategies we may develop in the future. • We may support our money market funds to maintain their stable net asset values, or other products we manage, which could affect our revenues or operating results. • The performance of our strategies or the growth of our AUM may be constrained by unavailability of appropriate investment opportunities. Business Risks • • The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has, and will economy and interrupt normal business activity. likely continue to, negatively impact the global The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business. • We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice. • • • Investors in certain funds that we advise can redeem their assets from those funds at any time without prior notice. Investment recommendations provided to our direct investor channel may not be suitable or fulfill regulatory requirements; representatives may not disclose or address conflicts of interest, conduct inadequate due diligence, provide inadequate disclosure; mutual fund transactions may be subject to human error or fraud. The significant growth we have experienced over the past few years may be difficult to sustain and our growth strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to make and successfully integrate new strategic acquisitions. • Our expenses are subject to fluctuations that could materially impact our results of operations. • A significant proportion of our existing AUM is managed in long-only investments. • Our efforts to establish and develop new teams and strategies may be unsuccessful and could negatively impact our results of operations and could negatively impact our reputation and culture. • An assignment could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements to manage SEC-registered funds and could trigger consent requirements in our other investment advisory agreements. • Our failure to comply with investment guidelines set by our clients, including the boards of registered funds, and limitations imposed by applicable law, could result in damage awards against us and a loss of AUM, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. • We provide a broad range of services to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and sub-advised mutual funds which may expose us to liability. 20 Table of Contents • • Potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets could result in not realizing the value of these assets. If we were deemed an investment company required to register under the the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), we would become subject to burdensome regulatory requirements and our business activities could be restricted. Merger and Acquisition Risks • We may not realize the benefits we expect from mergers and acquisitions because of integration difficulties and other challenges. • Certain liabilities resulting from acquisitions are estimated and could lead to a material impact on earnings. Indebtedness Risks • Our substantial indebtedness may expose us to material risks. • The phase out of LIBOR may have a negative impact on our funds and our debt obligations and may require significant operational work. Capital Structure and Public Company Risks • • • • A relatively large percentage of our common stock is concentrated with shareholders, which could increase the volatility in our stock trading and affect our share price. small number a of The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could decline. Future sales of shares by shareholders could cause our stock price to decline. If securities or industry analysts publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. • We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Common Stock less attractive to investors. • • The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price • Our ability to pay regular dividends is subject to our Board’s discretion and Delaware law. • • Future offerings of debt or equity securities may rank senior to our common stock. Provisions in our charter documents could discourage a takeover that shareholders may consider favorable. 21 Table of Contents • Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. Legal and Regulatory Risks • • As an investment management firm, we are subject to extensive regulation. The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight and may materially adversely affect our business. Industry Risks • Recent trends in the investment management industry could reduce our AUM, revenues and net income. • The investment management industry is intensely competitive. Third Party Risks • We depend primarily on third parties to market Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares. • We rely on third parties to provide products or services for the operation of our business, and a failure or inability by such parties to provide these products or services could materially adversely affect our business. Operational and Cybersecurity Risks • Operational risks may disrupt our business, result in losses or limit our growth. • Failure to implement effective information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities could disrupt operations and cause financial losses. • Disruption to the operations of third parties whose functions are integral to our ETF platform may adversely affect the prices at which VictoryShares trade, particularly during periods of market volatility. General Risks • Reputational harm could result in a loss of AUM and revenues. • If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses. • Certain of our strategies invest principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange, tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks. • • • The expansion of our business outside of the United States raises tax and regulatory risks, may adversely affect our profit margins and places additional demands on our resources and employees. Failure to properly address conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, business and results of operations. Insurance may not be available on a cost-effective basis to protect us from liability. 22 Table of Contents Market and Investment Performance Risks We earn substantially all of our revenues based on AUM, and any reduction in AUM would reduce our revenues and profitability. AUM fluctuates based on many factors, including investment performance, client withdrawals and difficult market conditions. We earn substantially all of our revenues from asset-based fees from investment management products and services to individuals and institutions. Therefore, if our AUM declines, our fee revenue will decline, which will reduce our profitability as certain of our expenses are fixed. There are several reasons that AUM could decline: • The performance of our investment strategies is critical to our business, and any real or perceived negative absolute or relative performance could negatively impact the maintenance and growth of AUM. Net flows related to our strategies can be affected by investment performance relative to other competing strategies or to established benchmarks. Our investment strategies are rated, ranked, recommended or assessed by independent third parties, distribution partners, and industry periodicals and services. These assessments may influence the investment decisions of our clients. If the performance or assessment of our strategies is seen as underperforming relative to peers, it could result in an increase in the withdrawal of assets by existing clients and the inability to attract additional commitments from existing and new clients. In addition, certain of our strategies have or may have capacity constraints, as there is a limit to the number of securities available for the strategy to operate effectively. In those instances, we may choose to limit access to those strategies to new or existing investors, such as we have done for two mutual funds managed by the Sycamore Capital Franchise which had an aggregate of $24.3 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. • General domestic and global economic and political conditions can influence AUM. Changes in interest rates, the availability and cost of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws, trade barriers, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and controls and national and international political circumstances (including wars (such as the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine), pandemics (such as COVID-19), terrorist acts and security operations) and other conditions may impact the equity and credit markets, which may influence our AUM. If the security markets decline or experience volatility, our AUM and our revenues could be negatively impacted. In addition, diminishing investor confidence in the markets and/or adverse market conditions could result in a decrease in investor risk tolerance. Such a decrease could prompt investors to reduce their rate of commitment or to fully withdraw from markets, which could lower our overall AUM. • Capital and credit markets can experience substantial volatility. The significant volatility in the markets in the recent past has highlighted the interconnection of the global markets and demonstrated how the deteriorating financial condition of one institution may materially adversely impact the performance of other institutions. In the event of extreme circumstances, including economic, political or business crises, such as a widespread systemic failure in the global financial system or failures of firms that have significant obligations as counterparties, we may suffer significant declines in AUM and severe liquidity or valuation issues. • Changes in interest rates can have adverse effects on our AUM. Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the net asset values of our AUM. Furthermore, increases in interest rates may result in reduced prices in equity markets. Conversely, decreases in interest rates could lead to outflows in fixed income assets that we manage as investors seek higher yields. Any of commensurate reduction in our expenses, would lead to a reduction in our net income. these factors could reduce our AUM and revenues and, if our revenues decline without a 23 Table of Contents The ongoing conflict in Ukraine has, and will likely continue to, negatively impact the global economy. The military conflict in Ukraine and the ongoing geopolitical tensions have created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. The United States, European Union and other countries announced economic sanctions against Russia. While it has not had a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results, the extent to which the conflict impacts our business, operations and financial results going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the conflict; governmental and business actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the conflict, the impact of the conflict on economic activity and any retaliatory actions taken by Russia. If our strategies perform poorly, clients could redeem their assets and we could suffer a decline in our AUM, which would reduce our earnings. The performance of our strategies is critical in retaining existing client assets as well as attracting new client assets. If our strategies perform poorly for any reason, our earnings could decline because: • • • our existing clients may redeem their assets from our strategies or terminate their relationships with us; the Morningstar and Lipper ratings and rankings of mutual funds and ETFs we manage may decline, which may adversely affect the ability of those funds to attract new or retain existing assets; and third-party financial intermediaries, advisors or consultants may remove our investment products from recommended lists due to poor performance or for other reasons, which may lead our existing clients to redeem their assets from our strategies or reduce asset inflows from these third parties or their clients. Our strategies can perform poorly for a number of reasons, including: general market conditions; investor sentiment about market and economic conditions; investment styles and philosophies; investment decisions; global events; the performance of the companies in which our strategies invest and the currencies in which those investment are made; the fees we charge; the liquidity of securities or instruments in which our strategies invest; and our inability to identify sufficient appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new client assets on a timely basis. In addition, while we seek to deliver long-term value to our clients, volatility may lead to under-performance in the short term, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, when our strategies experience strong results relative to the market, clients’ allocations to our strategies typically increase relative to their other investments and we sometimes experience withdrawals as our clients rebalance their investments to fit their asset allocation preferences despite our strong results. While clients do not have legal recourse against us solely on the basis of poor investment results, if our strategies perform poorly, we are more likely to become subject to litigation brought by dissatisfied clients. In addition, to the extent clients are successful in claiming that their losses resulted from fraud, negligence, willful misconduct, breach of contract or other similar misconduct, these clients may have remedies against us, the mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles we advise and/or our investment professionals under various U.S. and non-U.S. laws. 24 Table of Contents The historical returns of our strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of the strategies we may develop in the future. The historical returns of our strategies and the ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds, ETFs and other pooled investment vehicles that we advise have received in the past should not be considered indicative of the future results of these strategies or of any other strategies that we may develop in the future. The investment performance we achieve for our clients varies over time and the variance can be wide. The ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds, ETFs and other pooled investment vehicles that we advise have received are typically revised monthly. Our strategies’ returns have benefited during some periods from investment opportunities and positive economic and market conditions. In other periods, general economic and market conditions have negatively affected investment opportunities and our strategies’ returns. These negative conditions may occur again, and in the future, we may not be able to identify and invest in profitable investment opportunities within our current or future strategies. New strategies that we launch or acquire in the future may present new and different investment, regulatory, operational, distribution and other risks than those presented by our current strategies. New strategies may invest in instruments with which we have no or limited experience, create portfolios that present new or different risks or have higher performance expectations that are more difficult to meet. Any real or perceived problems with future strategies or vehicles could cause a disproportionate negative impact on our business and reputation. We may support our money market funds to maintain their stable net asset values, or other products we manage, which could affect our revenues or operating results. Approximately 2% of our AUM as of December 31, 2021, consisted of assets in money market funds. Money market funds seek to preserve a stable net asset value. Market conditions could lead to severe liquidity or security pricing issues, which could impact the NAV of money market funds. If the NAV of a money market fund managed by our asset managers were to fall below its stable net asset value, we would likely experience significant redemptions in AUM and reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues or net income. If a money market fund's stable NAV comes under pressure, we may elect, to provide credit, liquidity, or other support to the fund. We may also elect to provide similar or other support, including by providing liquidity to a fund, to other products we manage for any number of reasons. If we elect to provide support, we could incur losses from the support we provide and incur additional costs, including financing costs, in connection with the support. These losses and additional costs could be material and could adversely affect our earnings. In addition, certain proposed regulatory reforms could adversely impact the operating results of our money market funds. The performance of our strategies or the growth of our AUM may be constrained by unavailability of appropriate investment opportunities. The ability of our investment teams to deliver strong investment performance depends in large part on their ability to identify appropriate investment opportunities in which to invest client assets. If the investment team for any of our strategies is unable to identify sufficient appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new client assets on a timely basis, the investment performance of the strategy could be adversely affected. In addition, if we determine that sufficient investment opportunities are not available for a strategy, we may choose to limit the growth of the strategy by limiting the rate at which we accept additional client assets for management under the strategy, closing the strategy to all or substantially all new investors or otherwise taking action to limit the flow of assets into the strategy. If we misjudge the point at which it would be optimal to limit access to or close a strategy, the investment performance of the strategy could be negatively impacted. The risk that sufficient appropriate investment opportunities may be unavailable is influenced by a number of factors, including general market conditions, but is particularly acute with respect to our strategies that focus on small- and mid-cap equities, and is likely to increase as our AUM increases, particularly if these increases occur very rapidly. By limiting the growth of strategies, we may be managing the business in a manner that reduces the total amount of our AUM and our investment management fees over the short term. 25 Table of Contents Business Risks The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has, and will economy and interrupt normal business activity. likely continue to, negatively impact the global On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. While COVID-19 did not have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results as of December 31, 2021, the extent to which the pandemic impacts our business, operations and financial results going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions taken in response; and the effect on our ability to sell and provide our services. The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business. We depend on the skills and expertise of our portfolio managers and other investment professionals and our success depends on our ability to retain the key members of our investment teams, who possess substantial experience in investing and have been primarily responsible for the historical investment performance we have achieved. Because of the tenure and stability of our portfolio managers, our clients may attribute the investment performance we have achieved to these individuals. The departure of a portfolio manager could cause clients to withdraw assets from the strategy, which would reduce our AUM, investment management fees and our net income. The departure of a portfolio manager also could cause consultants and intermediaries to stop recommending a strategy, clients to refrain from allocating additional assets to the strategy or delay such additional assets until a sufficient new track record has been established and could also cause the departure of other portfolio managers or investment professionals. We have instituted succession planning at our Franchises in an attempt to minimize the disruption resulting from these potential changes, but we cannot predict whether such efforts will be successful. We also rely upon the contributions of our senior management team to establish and implement our business strategy and to manage the future growth of our business. The loss of any of the senior management team could limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy or adversely affect our ability to retain existing and attract new client assets and related revenues. to post-employment non-compete obligations, Any of our investment or management professionals may resign at any time, join our competitors or form a competing company. Although many of our portfolio managers and each of our named executive officers are subject these non-competition provisions may not be enforceable or may not be enforceable to their full extent. In addition, we may agree to waive non-competition provisions or other restrictive covenants applicable to former investment or management professionals in light of the circumstances surrounding their relationship with us. We do not generally carry “key man” insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of the key members of our investment or management teams. Competition for qualified investment and management professionals is intense and we may fail to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Our ability to attract and retain these personnel will depend heavily on the amount and structure of compensation and opportunities for equity ownership we offer. Any cost-reduction initiative or adjustments or reductions to compensation or changes to our equity ownership culture could cause instability within our existing investment teams and negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel. In addition, changes to our management structure, corporate culture and corporate governance arrangements could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel. We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice. 26 Table of Contents We derive substantially all of our revenues from investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements as well as fund administration and accounting, agreements with the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares and transfer agency agreements with the USAA Funds, all of which are terminable by clients or our funds’ boards upon short notice or no notice. Our investment advisory agreements with registered funds, which are funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act, including mutual funds and ETFs, are generally terminable by the funds’ boards or a vote of a majority of the funds’ outstanding voting securities on not more than 60 days’ written notice, as required by law. After an initial term (not to exceed two years), each registered fund’s investment advisory agreement must be approved and renewed annually by that fund’s board, including by its independent members. We maintain a long history of renewing these agreements. In addition, all of our separate account clients and certain of the mutual funds that we sub-advise have the ability to re-allocate all or any portion of the assets that we manage away from us at any time with little or no notice. When a sub-adviser terminates its sub-advisory agreement to manage a fund that we advise there is a risk that investors in the fund could redeem their assets in the fund, which would cause our AUM to decrease. Similarly, our fund administration, accounting, and transfer agency agreements are subject to annual fund board approval. These investment advisory and other agreements and client relationships may be terminated or not renewed for any number of reasons. The decrease in revenues that could result from the termination of a material client relationship or group of client relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business. Investors in certain funds that we advise can redeem their assets from those funds at any time without prior notice. Investors in the mutual funds and certain other pooled investment vehicles that we advise or sub-advise may redeem their assets from those funds at any time on fairly limited or no prior notice, thereby reducing our AUM. These investors may redeem for any number of reasons, including general financial market conditions, global events, the absolute or relative investment performance we have achieved, or their own financial conditions and requirements. In a declining stock market, the pace of redemptions could accelerate. Poor investment performance relative to other in decreased client commitments and increased redemptions. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we generated approximately 91% of our total revenues from mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles that we advise (including our proprietary mutual funds, or the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares, and other entities for which we are adviser or sub-adviser). The redemption of assets from those funds could adversely affect our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our earnings. funds tends to result Investment recommendations provided to our direct investor channel may not be suitable or fulfill regulatory requirements; representatives may not disclose or address conflicts of interest, conduct inadequate due diligence, provide inadequate disclosure; mutual fund transactions subject to human error or fraud. fulfill regulatory requirements as a result of The direct channel serves existing or potential individual investors who invest in our USAA Mutual Funds and USAA 529 Education Savings Plan. Our broker-dealer subsidiary has a dedicated retail investor-facing sales team who discuss the merits of investing in the USAA Mutual Funds and provide asset allocation recommendations based on the investor’s needs to aid them in their decision making. Our sales team’s their failing to collect sufficient recommendations may not information about an investor or failing to understand the investor’s needs or risk tolerances. Risks associated with providing recommendations also include those arising from how we disclose and address actual or potential conflicts of interest, inadequate due diligence, inadequate disclosure, human error and fraud. In addition, Regulation Best Interest imposes heightened conduct standards, suitability analysis and disclosure requirements when we provide recommendations to retail investors. To the extent that we fail to satisfy regulatory requirements, fail to know our mutual fund shareholders, improperly advise these investors, or risks associated with providing investment recommendations otherwise materialize, we could be found liable for losses suffered by such investors, or could be subject to regulatory fines, and penalties, any of which could harm our reputation and business. 27 Table of Contents We may be subject to claims of unsuitable investments. If individual investors who invest in the USAA Mutual Funds or USAA 529 Education Savings Plan suffer losses on their investment mandates, they may seek compensation from us on the basis of allegations that the USAA Mutual Funds or the investment options in the USAA 529 Education Savings Plan were not suitable or that the fund prospectuses or other marketing materials contained material errors or were misleading. Despite the controls relating to disclosure in fund prospectuses and marketing materials, it is possible that such action may be successful, which in turn could adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations. Any claim for lack of suitability may also result in regulatory investigation, censure and/or fine and may damage our reputation. The significant growth we have experienced over the past few years may be difficult to sustain and our growth strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to make and successfully integrate new strategic acquisitions. Our AUM has increased from $17.9 billion following our 2013 management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp to $183.7 billion as of December 31, 2021, primarily as a result of acquisitions. The absolute measure of our AUM represents a significant rate of growth that may be difficult to sustain. The continued long-term growth of our business will depend on, among other things, successfully making new acquisitions, retaining key investment professionals, maintaining existing strategies and selectively developing new, value-added strategies. There is no certainty that we will be able to identify suitable candidates for acquisition at prices and terms we consider attractive, consummate any such acquisition on acceptable terms, have sufficient resources to complete an identified acquisition or that our strategy for pursuing acquisitions will be effective. In addition, any acquisition can involve a number of risks, including the existence of known, unknown or contingent liabilities. An acquisition may impose additional demands on our staff that could strain our operational resources and require expenditure of substantial legal, investment banking and accounting fees. We may be required to issue additional shares of common stock or spend significant cash to consummate an acquisition, resulting in dilution of ownership or additional debt leverage, or spend additional time and money on facilitating the acquisition that otherwise would be spent on the development and expansion of our existing business. We may not be able to successfully manage the process of integrating an acquired company’s people and other applicable assets to extract the value and synergies projected to be realized in connection with the acquisition. The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel and AUM. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of an acquired company’s operations could have an adverse effect on our business. Our business growth will also depend on our success in achieving superior investment performance from our strategies, as well as our ability to maintain and extend our distribution capabilities, to deal with changing market and industry conditions, to maintain adequate financial and business controls and to comply with new legal and regulatory requirements arising in response to both the increased sophistication of the investment management industry and the significant market and economic events of the last decade. We may not be able to manage our growing business effectively or be able to sustain the level of growth we have achieved historically. Our expenses are subject to fluctuations that could materially impact our results of operations. Our results of operations are dependent upon the level of our expenses, which can vary from period to period. We have certain fixed expenses that we incur as a going concern, and some of those expenses are not subject to adjustment. If our revenues decrease, without a corresponding decrease in expenses, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. While a majority of our expenses are variable, and we attempt to project expense levels in advance, there is no guarantee that an unforeseen expense will not arise or that we will be able to adjust our variable expenses quickly enough to match a declining revenue base. Consequently, either event could have either a temporary or permanent negative impact on our results of operations. 28 Table of Contents A significant proportion of our existing AUM is managed in long-only investments. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 79% of our AUM was invested in U.S. and international equity. Under market conditions in which there is a general decline in the value of equity securities, the AUM in each of our equity strategies is likely to decline. Unlike some of our competitors, we do not currently offer strategies that invest in privately held companies or take short positions in equity securities, which could offset some of the poor performance of our long-only equity strategies under such market conditions. Even if our investment performance remains strong during such market conditions relative to other long-only equity strategies, investors may choose to withdraw assets from our management or allocate a larger portion of their assets to non-long-only or non-equity strategies. In addition, the prices of equity securities may fluctuate more widely than the prices of other types of securities, making the level of our AUM and related revenues more volatile. As of December 31, 2021, of the 79% of our AUM invested in U.S. and international equity approximately 28% of the AUM was concentrated in small- and mid-cap equities. As a result, a substantial portion of our operating results depends upon the performance of those investments, and our ability to retain client assets in those investments. If a significant portion of the investors in such investments decided to withdraw their assets or terminate their investment advisory agreements for any reason, including poor investment performance or adverse market conditions, our revenues from those investments would decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 21% of our total AUM was invested in U.S. taxable and tax-exempt fixed-income and money market securities. While fixed-income is typically considered less volatile than the equity markets, it does exhibit different types of risks such as interest rate risk, credit risk, and over-the-counter liquidity risk. Also, retention of fixed income AUM depends upon the performance of those investments, and our ability to retain client assets in those investments. If a significant portion of the investors in such investments decided to withdraw their assets or terminate their investment advisory agreements for any reason, including poor investment performance or adverse market conditions, our revenues from those investments would decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition. Money market securities are about 2% of total AUM and are considered a low risk asset category. In addition, we have historically derived substantially all of our revenue from clients in the United States. If economic conditions weaken or slow, particularly in the United States, this could have a substantial adverse impact on our results of operations. Our efforts to establish and develop new teams and strategies may be unsuccessful and could negatively impact our results of operations and could negatively impact our reputation and culture. We seek to add new investment teams that invest in a way that is consistent with our philosophy of offering high value-added strategies. We also look to offer new strategies managed by our existing teams. We expect the costs associated with establishing a new team and/or strategy initially to exceed the revenues generated, which will likely negatively impact our results of operations. If new strategies, whether managed by a new team or by an existing team, invest in instruments, or present operational issues and risks, with which we have little or no experience, it could strain our resources and increase the likelihood of an error or failure. In addition, the historical returns of our existing strategies may not be indicative of the investment performance of any new strategy, and the poor performance of any new strategy could negatively impact the reputation of our other strategies. We may support the development of new strategies by making one or more seed investments using capital that would otherwise be available for our general corporate purposes and acquisitions. Making such a seed investment could expose us to potential capital losses. 29 Table of Contents An assignment could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements and could trigger consent requirements in our other investment advisory agreements. Under the 1940 Act, each of the investment advisory agreements between registered funds and our subsidiary, VCM, and investment sub-advisory agreements between the investment adviser to a registered fund and VCM, will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. Assignment, as generally defined under the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur, under certain circumstances, upon the direct or indirect transfer of a “controlling block” of our outstanding voting securities. A transaction is not an assignment under the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act if it does not result in a change of actual control or management of VCM. Upon the occurrence of such an assignment, VCM could continue to act as adviser or sub-adviser to any such registered fund only if that fund’s board and shareholders approved a new investment advisory agreement, except in the case of certain of the registered funds that we sub-advise for which only board approval would be necessary pursuant to a manager-of-managers SEC exemptive order. In addition, as required by the Advisers Act, each of the investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts and pooled investment vehicles we manage provides that it may not be assigned, as defined in the Advisers Act, without the consent of the client. In addition, the investment advisory agreements for certain pooled investment vehicles we manage outside the U.S. contain provisions requiring board approval and or client consent before they can be assigned. If an assignment were to occur, we cannot be certain that we would be able to obtain the necessary approvals from the boards and shareholders of the registered funds we advise or the necessary consents from our separate account or pooled investment vehicle clients. If an assignment of an investment advisory agreement is deemed to occur, and our clients do not consent to the assignment or enter into a new agreement, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our failure to comply with investment guidelines set by our clients, including the boards of registered funds, and limitations imposed by applicable law, could result in damage awards against us and a loss of AUM, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. When clients retain us to manage assets on their behalf, they generally specify certain guidelines regarding investment allocation and strategy that we are required to follow in managing their assets. The boards of registered funds we manage generally establish similar guidelines regarding the investment of assets in those funds. We are also required to invest the registered funds’ assets in accordance with limitations under the 1940 Act and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Other clients, such as plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, or non-U.S. funds and pooled investment vehicles, require us to invest their assets in accordance with applicable law. Our failure to comply with any of these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to clients or investors in a fund which, depending on the circumstances, could result in our obligation to make clients or fund investors whole for such losses. If we believed that the circumstances did not justify a reimbursement, or clients and investors believed the reimbursement we offered was insufficient, they could seek to recover damages from us or could withdraw assets from our management or terminate their investment advisory agreement with us. Any of these events could harm our reputation and materially adversely affect our business. We provide a broad range of services to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and sub-advised mutual funds which may expose us to liability. We provide a broad range of administrative services to the Victory Funds, the USAA Funds and VictoryShares, including providing personnel to the Victory Funds, the USAA Funds and VictoryShares to serve as directors and officers, the preparation or supervision of the preparation of the Victory Funds’, USAA Funds’ and VictoryShares’ regulatory filings, maintenance of board calendars and preparation or supervision of the preparation of board meeting materials, management of compliance and regulatory matters, provision of shareholder services and communications, accounting services, including the supervision of the activities of 30 Table of Contents the Victory Funds’, USAA Funds’ and VictoryShares’ accounting services provider in the calculation of the funds’ net asset values, supervision of the preparation of the Victory Funds’, USAA Funds’ and VictoryShares’ financial statements and coordination of the audits of those financial statements, tax services, including calculation of dividend and distribution amounts and supervision of tax return preparation, supervision of the work of the USAA Funds’, Victory Funds’ and VictoryShares’ other service providers, VCTA acting as transfer agent to the USAA Funds and VCS acting as a distributor for the Victory Funds and USAA Funds. If we make a mistake in the provision of those services, the Victory Funds, USAA Funds or VictoryShares could incur costs for which we might be liable. In addition, if it were determined that the Victory Funds, USAA Funds or VictoryShares failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements as a result of action or failure to act by our employees, we could be responsible for losses suffered or penalties imposed. In addition, we could have penalties imposed on us, be required to pay fines or be subject to private litigation, any of which could decrease our future income or negatively affect our current business or our future growth prospects. Although less extensive than the range of services we provide to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds’ and VictoryShares, we also provide a limited range of services, in addition to investment management services, to sub-advised mutual funds. In addition, we from time to time provide information to the funds for which we act as sub-adviser (or to a person or entity providing administrative services to such a fund), and to the UCITS, for which we act as investment manager (or to the promotor of the UCITS or a person or entity providing administrative services to such a UCITS), which is used by those funds or UCITS in their efforts to comply with various regulatory requirements. If we make a mistake in the provision of those services, the sub-advised fund or UCITS could incur costs for which we might be liable. In addition, if it were determined that the sub-advised fund or UCITS failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements as a result of action or failure to act by our employees, we could be responsible for losses suffered or penalties imposed. In addition, we could have penalties imposed on us, be required to pay fines or be subject to private litigation, any of which could decrease our future income or negatively affect our current business or our future growth prospects. Potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets could result in not realizing the value of these assets. As of December 31, 2021, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled $2.3 billion. The value of these assets may not be realized for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, significant redemptions, loss of clients, damage to brand name and unfavorable economic conditions. In accordance with the guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ASC 350-20, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, we review the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization on an annual basis, or more frequently if indications exist suggesting that the fair value of our intangible assets may be below their carrying value. Determining goodwill and intangible assets, and evaluating them for impairment, requires significant management estimates and judgment, including estimating value and assessing useful life in connection with the allocation of purchase price in the acquisition creating them. We evaluate the value of intangible assets subject to amortization on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Should such reviews indicate impairment, a reduction of the carrying value of the intangible asset could occur. If we were deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act, we would become subject to burdensome regulatory requirements and our business activities could be restricted. Generally, a company is an “investment company” required to register under the 1940 Act if, absent an applicable exception or exemption, it (i) is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities; or (ii) engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We hold ourselves out as an investment management firm and do not propose to engage primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. We believe we are engaged primarily in the business of providing investment management services and not in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in 31 Table of Contents securities. We also believe our primary source of income is properly characterized as income earned in exchange for the provision of services. We believe less than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis comprise assets that could be considered investment securities. We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with our affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as currently conducted and could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and operations. Merger and Acquisition Risks We may not realize the benefits we expect from mergers and acquisitions because of integration difficulties and other challenges. We regularly review, and from time to time have discussions on and engage in, potential transactions, including potential acquisitions of other asset managers or their assets, consolidations, equity method investments or similar transactions, some of which may be material. The success of these transactions will depend in large part on the success of integrating the personnel, operations, strategies, technologies and other components of the businesses following the completion of the transaction. The Company may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected. The failure of the Company to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating the operations or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits could impair the operations of the Company. Potential difficulties that we may encounter in the integration process include the following: • • • • • • • • • • the integration of personnel, operations, strategies, technologies and support services; the disruption of ongoing businesses and distraction of their respective personnel from ongoing business concerns; the retention of the existing clients; the retention of key intermediary distribution relationships; the integration of corporate cultures and maintenance of employee morale; the retention of key employees; the creation of uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems; the reduction of the costs associated with combining operations; the consolidation and rationalization of infrastructures; and information technology platforms and administrative potential unknown liabilities; The anticipated benefits and synergies include the elimination of duplicative personnel, realization of efficiencies in consolidating duplicative corporate, business support functions and amortization of purchased intangibles for tax purposes. However, these anticipated benefits and synergies assume a successful integration and are based on projections, which are inherently uncertain, and other assumptions. Even if integration is successful, anticipated benefits and synergies may not be achieved. 32 Table of Contents Certain liabilities resulting from acquisitions are estimated and could lead to a material impact on earnings. Through our acquisition activities, we may record liabilities for future contingent earnout payments that are to be settled in cash. The fair value of these liabilities is assessed on a quarterly basis and changes in assumptions used to determine the amount of the liability could lead to an adjustment that may have a material impact, favorable or unfavorable, on our results of operations. Indebtedness Risks Our substantial indebtedness may expose us to material risks. As of December 31, 2021, we had $1,151 million of outstanding debt that consisted of (i) an existing term loan balance of $646.2 million and (ii) incremental term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million. In addition, we maintain a $100.0 million revolving credit facility, though no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2021. Our substantial indebtedness may make it more difficult for us to withstand or respond to adverse or changing business, regulatory and economic conditions or to take advantage of new business opportunities or make necessary capital expenditures. In addition, the 2019 Credit Agreement contains financial and operating covenants that may limit our ability to conduct our business. While we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the financial and operating covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement, we cannot assure that at all times in the future we will satisfy all such financial and operating covenants (or any such covenants applicable at the time) or obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event all outstanding indebtedness could become immediately due and payable. This could result in a substantial reduction in our liquidity and could challenge our ability to meet future cash needs of the business. To the extent we service our debt from our cash flow, such cash will not be available for our operations or other purposes. Because of our significant debt service obligations, the portion of our cash flow used to service those obligations could be substantial if our revenues decline, whether because of market declines or for other reasons. Any substantial decrease in net operating cash flows or any substantial increase in expenses could make it difficult for us to meet our debt service requirements or force us to modify our operations. Our ability to repay the principal amount of any outstanding loans under the 2019 Credit Agreement, to refinance our debt or to obtain additional financing through debt or the sale of additional equity securities will depend on our performance, as well as financial, business and other general economic factors affecting the credit and equity markets generally or our business in particular, many of which are beyond our control. Any such alternatives may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. 2020 Debt Refinancing On January 17, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company refinanced the existing term loans (the “2019 Term Loans”) with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $952.0 million (the “2020 Term Loans”). The 2020 Term Loans provided for substantially the same terms as the 2019 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the 2020 Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 75 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the 2020 Term Loans was 2.50%, compared to 3.25% under the 2019 Term Loans. 2021 Debt Refinancing On February 18, 2021, we entered into the Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2020, the “2020 Term Loans”) with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank, and the lenders party thereto from time to time. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company refinanced the 2020 Term Loans with replacement term 33 Table of Contents loans in an aggregate principal amount of $755.7 million (the “Repriced Term Loans”). The Repriced Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the Existing Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the Repriced Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 25 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the Repriced Term Loans is 2.25%, compared to 2.50% under the Existing Term Loans. 2021 Incremental Term Loans On December 31, 2021, we entered into the Third Amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time. Pursuant to the Third Amendment, the Company obtained incremental term loans (the “2021 Incremental Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million and used the proceeds to fund the acquisition of 100% of the equity interest of WestEnd Advisors, LLC and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will mature in December 2028 and will bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at the option of the Company, either LIBOR (adjusted for reserves and subject to a 50 basis point floor) plus a margin of 2.25% or an alternate base rate plus a margin of 1.25%. Subsequent to December 31, 2021, we reduced outstanding debt on the 2021 Incremental Term Loans by $65.0 million. The phase out of LIBOR may have a negative impact on our funds and our debt obligations and may require significant operational work. The Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates the administrator of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) has announced that it will no longer compel panel banks to submit rates for LIBOR after year- end 2021. On November 30, 2020, the ICE Benchmark Association announced its intention to cease the one-week and two-month U.S. dollar-denominated (“USD”) LIBOR rates immediately publication of following December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR rates following the LIBOR publications on June 30, 2023. While we expect LIBOR to be available in substantially its current form until at least such date, it is possible that LIBOR will become unavailable prior to that point; in which case, the risks associated with the transition to an alternative reference rate will be accelerated and magnified. The introduction of an alternative rate also may create additional basis risk and increased volatility as alternative rates are phased in and utilized in parallel with LIBOR. The expected phase-out of LIBOR could negatively impact our net interest revenue and require significant operational work. Certain securities in our investment portfolio and the floating rate loans that our strategies may hold reference LIBOR as the benchmark rate to determine the applicable interest rate or payment amount. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could create uncertainty or differences in the calculation of the applicable interest rate or payment amount depending on the terms of the governing instruments. There could be significant work required to transition using the new benchmark rates and to implement necessary changes to our systems. Regulators and industry working groups have suggested alternative reference rates, but global consensus is lacking. This could result in different financial performance for previously booked transactions and may impact our existing transaction data, products, systems, operations, and pricing processes. The transition away from LIBOR may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that are tied to LIBOR, reduced values of LIBOR-related investments, and reduced effectiveness of hedging strategies. The calculation of interest rates under the replacement benchmarks could also impact our net interest revenue. In addition, LIBOR may perform differently during the phase-out period than in the past which could result in lower interest payments and a reduction in the value of certain securities in our investment portfolio. While our 2019 Credit Agreement provides for a mechanism for determining an alternative interest rate following the phase-out of LIBOR, uncertainty regarding alternative rates may make borrowing under our 2019 Credit Agreement or refinancing more expensive or difficult to achieve on terms we consider favorable. 34 Table of Contents Capital Structure and Public Company Risks A relatively large percentage of our Common Stock is concentrated with shareholders, which could increase the volatility in our stock trading and affect our share price. number small a of If our larger A large percentage of our common stock is held by a limited number of shareholders. shareholders decide to liquidate their positions, it could cause significant fluctuation in the share price of our common stock. Public companies with a relatively concentrated level of institutional shareholders, such as we have, often have difficulty generating trading volume in their stock, which may increase the volatility in the price of our common stock. Crestview GP beneficially owns a significant amount of our common stock and its interests may conflict with ours or other shareholders’ in the future. Crestview GP does not hold any of our common stock, but beneficially owns 45.7% of our common stock as of December 31, 2021. As a result, Crestview GP has the ability to elect several members of our board of directors and thereby significantly influence our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions. Crestview GP may also be able to significantly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval including without limitation a change in control of us or a change in the composition of our board of directors and or precluding any acquisition of us. This significant voting control could deprive other shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for shares of their common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock. Further, the interests of Crestview GP may not in all cases be aligned with other shareholders’ interests. In addition, Crestview GP may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to other shareholders. For example, Crestview GP could influence us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or sell revenue-generating assets. Crestview GP is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of Crestview GP or Reverence Capital or any of their respective affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Crestview GP or Reverence Capital also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us, which could have an adverse effect on our growth prospects. The market price of our Common Stock is likely to be volatile and could decline. The stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume for our Common Stock may also be highly volatile, and investors our Common Stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Factors that could cause the market price of our Common Stock to fluctuate significantly include: • • • • our operating and financial performance and prospects and the performance of other similar companies; our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry; conditions that impact demand for our products and services; the public’s reaction to our press releases, financial guidance and other public announcements, and filings with the SEC; 35 Table of Contents • changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our Common Stock; • market and industry perception of our level of success in pursuing our growth strategy; • • • • • • strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; changes in government and other regulations; changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; departure of key personnel; the number of shares publicly traded; sales of our Common Stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and changes in general market, economic and political conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, telecommunications failures, cyber-attacks, civil unrest in various parts of the world, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events. Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume and market price of our Common Stock. Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders often file securities class-action lawsuits against such company. Our involvement in a class-action lawsuit could divert our senior management’s attention and, if adversely determined, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Future sales of shares by shareholders could cause our stock price to decline. Sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline. As of February 28, 2022, 68,750,266 shares of our Common Stock are outstanding. Shares of our Common Stock are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition or employee arrangement, or in certain other circumstances. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing shareholders and could cause the trading price of our Common Stock to decline. If securities or industry analysts publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our Common Stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 36 Table of Contents We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Common Stock less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Start-ups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation (including Chief Executive Officer pay ratio disclosure) in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information provided by other public companies. We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are at least $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if, among other things, the market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period. Acquisitions could accelerate the timing of when we cease to be an emerging growth company to a period shorter than the fifth anniversary of our IPO. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Common Stock less attractive to investors. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Common Stock less attractive if we choose to rely on one or more of the exemptions described above. If investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result of any decisions to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile. The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Prior to February 2018, we operated as a private company and had not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements of a public company. As a public company, we are now required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We also are subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements under the listing standards of NASDAQ and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which impose significant compliance costs and obligations upon us. Being a public company requires a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight, which add to operating costs. These changes place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff, which may not have prior public company experience or experience working for a newly public company, and on our financial accounting and information systems, and we may need to, in the future, hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we are required, among other things, to: 37 Table of Contents • • • • prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other shareholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and the NASDAQ rules; define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of directors and its committees; institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions; and evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC. to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Currently we choose to utilize the exemption pursuant for “emerging growth companies” whereby our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As described in the previous risk factor, we could potentially qualify as an emerging growth company until December 31, 2023. In addition, we are required under the Exchange Act to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our Common Stock. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related SEC rules require that we perform an annual management assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our assessment concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time in future periods. Accordingly, we cannot assure that we will be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important to help effective internal control prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly. Our ability to pay regular dividends is subject to our Board’s discretion and Delaware law. We intend to pay dividends to holders of our Common Stock as described in “Dividend Policy.” Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, change the amount or frequency of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. In making decisions regarding our quarterly dividends, we consider general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans and prospects, our businesses and investment opportunities, our financial condition and operating results, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs, contractual restrictions (including under the terms of our Third Amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement) and legal, tax, regulatory and such other factors as we may deem relevant. Future offerings of debt or equity securities may rank senior to our Common Stock. If we decide to issue debt securities in the future, which would rank senior to shares of our common stock, it is likely that they will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. We and, indirectly, our shareholders will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such 38 Table of Contents securities. We may also issue preferred equity, which will have superior rights relative to our common stock, including with respect to voting and liquidation. Furthermore, if our future access to public markets is limited or our performance decreases, we may need to carry out a private placement or public offering of our Common Stock at a lower price than the price at which investors purchased their shares. Because our decision to issue debt, preferred or other equity or equity-linked securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our Common Stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our Common Stock and diluting the value of their shareholdings in us. Provisions in our charter documents could discourage a takeover that shareholders may consider favorable. Certain provisions in our governing documents could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us difficult, even if such events would be beneficial to the interests of our shareholders. Among other things, these provisions: • • • • • • • • • permit our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships; authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a shareholder rights plan; provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws; restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at annual shareholder meetings; establish a classified board of directors with three classes of directors and the removal of directors only for cause; require that actions to be taken by our shareholders be taken only at an annual or special meeting of our shareholders, and not by written consent; establish certain limitations on convening special shareholder meetings; and restrict business combinations with interested shareholders. These provisions may delay or prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace members of our management by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. Anti-takeover provisions could depress the price of our common stock by acting to delay or prevent a change in control of us. 39 Table of Contents Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Legal and Regulatory Risks As an investment management firm, we are subject to extensive regulation. Investment management firms are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, by the U.S. Department of Labor, or the DOL, under ERISA, by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, by the National Futures Association, or NFA, under the Commodity Exchange Act, and by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. The U.S. mutual funds and ETFs we manage are registered with and regulated by the SEC as investment companies under the 1940 Act. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on investment advisers, including recordkeeping, advertising, compliance and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The 1940 Act imposes similar obligations, as well as additional detailed operational requirements, on registered funds, which must be adhered to by their investment advisers. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations. Non-compliance with the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act or other federal and state securities laws and regulations could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines and reputational damage. Trading and investment activities conducted by the investment adviser for its client accounts are regulated the Exchange Act, as well as the rules of various securities exchanges and self-regulatory under organizations, including laws governing trading on inside information, market manipulation and a broad number of technical requirements (e.g., short sale limits, volume limitations and reporting obligations) and market regulation policies. Violation of any of these laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions, as well as restrictions on the investment management firm’s activities and damage to its reputation. Certain client accounts subject the investment adviser to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and to regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOL, since we act as a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to benefit plan clients that are subject to ERISA. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, require the investment adviser to carry bonds insuring against losses caused by fraud or dishonesty, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients and impose excise taxes for violations of these prohibitions, and mandate certain required periodic reporting and disclosures. ERISA also imposes additional compliance, reporting and operational requirements on investment advisers that otherwise are not applicable to clients that are not subject to ERISA. We have also expanded our distribution effort into non-U.S. markets through partnered distribution efforts and product offerings, including Australia, Europe, Japan, Singapore and Hong Kong. In the future, we may further expand our business outside of the United States in such a way or to such an extent that we may be required to register with additional foreign regulatory agencies or otherwise comply with additional non-U.S. laws and regulations that do not currently apply to us and with respect to which we do not have compliance experience. Our lack of experience in complying with any such non-U.S. laws and regulations may increase our risk of being subject to regulatory actions and becoming party to litigation in such non-U.S. jurisdictions, which could be more expensive. Moreover, being subject to regulation in multiple jurisdictions may increase the cost, complexity and time required for engaging in transactions that require regulatory approval. 40 Table of Contents intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended Accordingly, we face the risk of significant investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined, lose our licenses or be prohibited or limited from engaging in some of our business activities or corporate transactions. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our shareholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, client protection and market conduct requirements. The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may materially adversely affect our business. We operate in a legislative and regulatory environment that is subject to continual change, the nature of which we cannot predict. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. The SEC and its staff are currently engaged in various initiatives and reviews that seek to improve and modernize the regulatory structure governing the asset management industry, and registered investment companies in particular. In so doing, it has adopted rules that include (i) new monthly and annual reporting requirements for certain U.S. registered funds; (ii) enhanced reporting regimes for investment advisers; and (iii) implementing liquidity risk management programs for ETFs and open-end funds. In addition, more recently the SEC has also adopted the following rules, many of which are currently in an implementation period, which will increase our public reporting and disclosure requirements, which could be costly and may impede the Company’s growth. SEC Fund of Funds Rule: In October 2020, the SEC adopted new Investment Company Act Rule 12d1-4 and related amendments intended to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework governing funds investing in other funds. SEC Derivatives Rule for US Registered Funds: In November 2020, the SEC adopted rules regarding the use of derivatives by registered funds, as well as enhanced reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The new rules require funds investing in derivatives beyond a 10% derivatives exposure threshold to adopt a formalized derivatives risk management program. Consumer Privacy Protection Laws: In November 2020, California voters approved the CPRA, which amends the existing California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) and provides new and additional rights and obligations to the existing law. SEC Fair Value Rule: In December 2020, the SEC adopted new rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company act of 1940 to modernize the process by which registered funds value their assets, including asset for which there is no market quotation readily available and would therefore be subject to fair valuation in good faith by the fund’s board. The new rule allows the board to delegate fair value determinations to a valuation designee, which would likely be the adviser, subject to board oversight of process and responsibilities. SEC Proposed Rules on Private Fund Advisers: The SEC has recently proposed new rules and amendments to enhance regulation of private fund advisors. These include proposed amendments to Form PF for SEC- registered investment advisers that add new required disclosures to the form, require advisers to file reports within one business day for certain significant events, lower the threshold for large private equity adviser reporting and impose increased reporting obligations on large liquidity fund advisers. The SEC has also proposed additional rules that would, among other things, require registered private fund advisers to (i) provide quarterly reports to investors of fund performance, fees and expenses, (ii) obtain an annual audit for each fund and (iii) distribute to investors a fairness opinion and summary of certain material business relationships with the opinion provider in connection with an adviser-led secondary transaction. In addition, the proposed rules would prohibit private fund advisers from engaging in certain activities and practices deemed to be contrary to the public interest and investor protection, providing certain types of preferential terms for selected investors and providing any other preferential treatment unless disclosed to current and prospective investors. These if adopted as proposed, could significantly increase the Company’s reporting, rules and amendments, disclosure and compliance obligations and create operational complexity for our alternative products. 41 Table of Contents The requirements imposed by our regulators (including both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators) are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our shareholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities and/or increase our costs, including through client protection and market conduct requirements. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. There have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our shareholders. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new U.S. or non-U.S. laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could be more difficult and expensive and affect the manner in which we conduct business. Industry Risks Recent trends in the investment management industry could reduce our AUM, revenues and net income. Certain passive products and asset classes, such as index and certain types of ETFs, are becoming increasingly popular with investors, including institutional investors. In recent years, across the investment management industry, passive products have experienced inflows and traditional actively managed products have experienced outflows, in each case, in the aggregate. In order to maintain appropriate fee levels in a competitive environment, we must be able to continue to provide clients with investment products and services that are viewed as appropriate in relation to the fees charged, which may require us to demonstrate that our strategies can outperform such passive products. If our clients, including our funds’ boards, were to view our fees as being high relative to the market or the returns provided by our investment products, we may choose to reduce our fee levels or existing clients may withdraw their assets in order to invest in passive products, and we may be unable to attract additional commitments from existing and new clients, which would lead to a decline in our AUM and market share. To the extent we offer such passive products, we may not be able to compete with other firms offering similar products. Our revenues and net income are dependent on our ability to maintain current fee levels for the products and services we offer. The competitive nature of the investment management industry has led to a trend toward lower fees in certain segments of the investment management market. Our ability to sustain fee levels depends on future growth in specific asset classes and distribution channels. These factors, as well as regulatory changes, could further inhibit our ability to sustain fees for certain products. A reduction in the fees charged by us could reduce our revenues and net income. Our fees vary by asset class and produce different revenues per dollar of AUM based on factors such as the type of assets being managed, the applicable strategy, the type of client and the client fee schedule. Institutional clients may have significant negotiating leverage in establishing the terms of an advisory relationship, particularly with respect to the level of fees paid, and the competitive pressure to attract and retain institutional clients may impact the level of fee income earned by us. We may decline to manage assets from potential clients who demand lower fees even though such assets would increase our revenue and AUM in the short term. The investment management industry is intensely competitive. The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, fees, continuity of investment professionals and client relationships, the quality of services provided to clients, corporate positioning and business reputation, continuity of selling 42 Table of Contents arrangements with intermediaries and differentiated products. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks: • • • • • a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do; potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry; certain investors may prefer to invest with an investment manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded asset manager may focus on the manager’s own growth to the detriment of investment performance for clients; other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative asset managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and certain competitors charge lower fees for their investment management services than we do. Additionally, intermediaries through which we distribute our funds may also sell their own proprietary funds and investment products, which could limit the distribution of our strategies. If we are unable to compete effectively, our earnings could be reduced and our business could be materially adversely affected. Third Party Risks We depend primarily on third parties to market and sell our products. Our ability to attract additional assets to manage is highly dependent on our access to third-party intermediaries. We gain access to investors in the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares primarily through consultants, 401(k) platforms, broker-dealers, financial advisors and mutual fund platforms through which shares of the funds are sold. We have relationships with certain third-party intermediaries through which we access clients in multiple distribution channels. We compensate most of the intermediaries through which we gain access to investors in the Victory Funds and VictoryShares by paying fees, most of which are a percentage of assets invested in the Victory Funds and VictoryShares through that intermediary and with respect to which that intermediary provides shareholder and administrative services. The allocation of such fees between us and the Victory Funds and VictoryShares is determined by the board of the Victory Funds and VictoryShares and the board of the USAA Funds, based on information and a recommendation from us, with the intent of allocating to us all costs attributable to marketing and distribution of (i) shares of the Victory Funds and USAA Funds not otherwise covered by distribution fees paid pursuant to a distribution and service plan adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and (ii) VictoryShares. In the future, our expenses in connection with those intermediary relationships could increase if the portion of those fees determined to be in connection with marketing and distribution, or otherwise allocated to us, increased. Clients of these intermediaries may not continue to be accessible to us on terms we consider commercially reasonable, or at all. The absence of such access could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We access institutional clients primarily through consultants. Our institutional business is dependent upon referrals from consultants. Many of these consultants review and evaluate our products and our firm from time to time. Poor reviews or evaluations of either a particular strategy or us as an investment management firm may result in client withdrawals or may impair our ability to attract new assets through these consultants. 43 Table of Contents We rely on third parties to provide products or services for the operation of our business, and a failure or inability by such parties to provide these products or services could materially adversely affect our business. We have determined, based on an evaluation of various factors, that it is more efficient to use third parties for certain functions and services. As a result, we have contracted with a limited number of third parties to provide critical operational support, such as middle- and back-office functions, information technology services and various fund administration and accounting roles, and the funds contract with third parties in custody, transfer agent and sub transfer agent roles. Our third parties with which we do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risks. While we engage in certain actions to reduce the exposure, such as collaborating to develop secure transmission capabilities, performing onsite security control assessments and limiting third party access to the least privileged level necessary to perform job functions, our business would be disrupted if key service providers fail or become unable to continue to perform those services or fail to protect against or respond to cyber-attacks, data breaches or other incidents. Moreover, to the extent our third-party providers increase their pricing, our financial performance will be negatively impacted. In addition, upon termination of a third-party contract, we may encounter difficulties in replacing the third-party on favorable terms, transitioning services to another vendor, or in assuming those responsibilities ourselves, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Operational and Cybersecurity Risks Operational risks may disrupt our business, result in losses or limit our growth. We are heavily dependent on the capacity and reliability of the communications, information and technology systems supporting our operations, whether developed, owned and operated by us or by third parties. We also rely on manual workflows and a variety of manual user controls. Operational risks such as trading or other operational errors or interruption of our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems, whether caused by human error, fire, other natural disaster or pandemic, power or telecommunications failure, cyber-attack or viruses, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could result in a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, and thus materially adversely affect our business. The potential for some types of operational risks, including, for example, trading errors, may be increased in periods of increased volatility, which can magnify the cost of an error. Insurance and other safeguards might not be available or might only partially reimburse us for our losses. Although we have backup systems in place, our backup procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate. As our client base, number and complexity of strategies and client relationships increase, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure may become increasingly challenging. We may also suffer losses due to employee negligence, fraud or misconduct. Non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct, negligence or fraud could result liability, regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have suffered material losses due to the actions of “rogue traders” or other employees. It is not always possible to deter or detect employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective. Employee misconduct could have a material adverse effect on our business. in legal Failure to implement effective information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities could disrupt operations and cause financial losses. We electronically receive, process, store and transmit sensitive information of our clients including personal data, such as without limitation names and addresses, social security numbers, driver's license numbers, such information is necessary to support our clients’ investment transactions. The uninterrupted operation of our information systems, as well as the confidentiality of the customer information that resides on such systems, is critical to our successful operation. Bad actors may attempt to harm us by gaining access to confidential or proprietary client information, often with the intent of stealing from or defrauding us or our clients. In some cases, they seek to disrupt our ability to conduct our business, including by destroying information maintained 44 Table of Contents by us. For that reason, cybersecurity is one of the principal operational risks we face as a provider of financial services and our operations rely on the effectiveness of our information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities to provide secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices and on the computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices of third parties on which we rely. Although we maintain a system of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that fraudulent activity is either prevented or detected on a timely basis and we take other protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks, sabotage, unauthorized access, computer viruses, worms or other malicious code, and other events that have a security impact. In addition, our interconnectivity with service providers and other third parties may be adversely affected if any of them are subject to a successful cyber-attack or other information security event. While we collaborate with service providers and other third parties to develop secure transmission capabilities and other measures to protect against cyber-attacks, we cannot ensure that we or any third party has all appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of such information. An externally caused information security incident, such as a hacker attack, virus or worm, or an internally caused issue, such as failure to control access to sensitive systems, could materially interrupt business operations or cause disclosure or modification of sensitive or confidential client or competitive information and loss, loss of competitive position, regulatory actions, breach of clients could result in material financial contracts, reputational harm or legal liability. If one or more of such events occur, it could potentially jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’ or counterparties’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our or third-party computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations. As a result, we could experience material financial loss, loss of competitive position, regulatory fines and/or sanctions, breach of client contracts, reputational harm or legal liability, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As a provider of financial services, we are bound by the disclosure limitations and if we fail to comply with these regulations and industry security requirements, we could be exposed to damages from legal actions from clients, governmental proceedings, governmental notice requirements, and the imposition of fines or prohibitions on the services we provide. Additionally, some of our client contracts require us to indemnify clients in the event of a cyber breach if our systems do not meet minimum security standards. We may be required to spend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against fully or not fully covered through any insurance that we maintain. Further, recent well-publicized security breaches at other companies have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures taken by companies to protect against cyber-attacks and data privacy breaches, and have resulted in heightened security requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for oversight of vendors and service providers. If more restrictive privacy laws, rules or industry security requirements are adopted in the future on the Federal or State level, or by a specific industry body, they could have an adverse impact on us through increased costs or business restrictions. Any inability to prevent security or privacy breaches, or the perception that such breaches may occur, could cause our existing clients to lose confidence in our systems and terminate their agreements with us, inhibit our ability to attract new clients, result in increasing regulation, or bring about other adverse consequences from the government agencies that regulate our business. Disruption to the operations of third parties whose functions are integral to our ETF platform may adversely affect the prices at which VictoryShares trade, particularly during periods of market volatility. Shares of ETFs, such as VictoryShares, trade on stock exchanges at prices at, above or below the ETF’s most recent net asset value. While ETFs utilize a creation/redemption feature and arbitrage mechanism designed to make it more likely that the ETF’s shares normally will trade at prices close to the ETF’s net asset value, exchange prices may deviate significantly from the ETF’s net asset value. ETF market prices are subject to numerous potential risks, including trading halts invoked by a stock exchange, inability or unwillingness of 45 Table of Contents market makers, authorized participants, settlement systems or other market participants to perform functions necessary for an ETF’s arbitrage mechanism to function effectively, or significant market volatility. If market events lead to incidences where ETFs trade at prices that deviate significantly from an ETF’s net asset value, or trading halts are invoked by the relevant stock exchange or market, investors may lose confidence in ETF products and redeem their holdings, which may cause our AUM, revenue and earnings to decline. General Risks Reputational harm could result in a loss of AUM and revenues. The integrity of our brands and reputation is critical to our ability to attract and retain clients, business partners and employees and maintain relationships with consultants. We operate within the highly regulated financial services industry and various potential scenarios could result in harm to our reputation. They include internal operational failures, failure to follow investment or legal guidelines in the management of accounts, intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products and services in offering or advertising materials, public relations information, litigation (whether substantiated or not), social media or other external communications, employee misconduct or investments in businesses or industries that are controversial to certain special interest groups. Any real or perceived conflict between our and our shareholders’ interests and our clients’ interests, as well as any fraudulent activity or other exposure of client assets or information, may harm our reputation. The negative publicity associated with any of these factors could harm our reputation and adversely impact relationships with existing and potential clients, third-party distributors, consultants and other business partners and subject us to regulatory sanctions or litigation. Damage to our brands or reputation could negatively impact our standing in the industry and result in loss of business in both the short term and the long term. Additionally, while we have ultimate control over the business activities of our Franchises, they generally have the autonomy to manage their day-to-day operations, and if we fail to intervene in potentially serious matters that may arise, our reputation could be damaged and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses. In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and mitigate our exposure to operational, legal and reputational risks, including from the investment autonomy of our Franchises. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design or implementation, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information or otherwise. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. Additionally, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our clients or investors, and sanctions or fines from regulators. Our techniques for managing operational, legal and reputational risks in client portfolios may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, including exposure to risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate. Because our clients invest in our strategies in order to gain exposure to the portfolio securities of the respective strategies, we have not adopted corporate-level risk management policies to manage market, interest rate or exchange rate risks that could affect the value of our overall AUM. Certain of our strategies invest principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange, tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 9% of our total AUM was invested in strategies that primarily invest in securities of non-U.S. companies and securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively affect the returns of our clients who are invested in these securities. In addition, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies is likely to result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar value of our AUM, which, in turn, would likely result in lower revenue and profits. 46 Table of Contents Investments in non-U.S. issuers may also be affected by tax positions taken in countries or regions in which we are invested as well as political, social and economic uncertainty. Declining tax revenues may cause governments to assert their ability to tax the local gains and/or income of foreign investors (including our clients), which could adversely affect client interests in investing outside their home markets. Many financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial markets, and, as a result, those markets may have limited liquidity and higher price volatility and may lack established regulations. Liquidity may also be adversely affected by political or economic events, government policies, and social or civil unrest within a particular country, and our ability to dispose of an investment may also be adversely affected if we increase the size of our investments in smaller non-U.S. issuers. Non-U.S. legal and regulatory environments, including financial accounting standards and practices, may also be different, and there may be less publicly available information about such companies. These risks could adversely affect the performance of our strategies that are invested in securities of non-U.S. issuers and may be particularly acute in the emerging or less developed markets in which we invest. In addition to our Trivalent and Sophus Franchises, certain of our other Franchises and Solutions Platform invest in emerging or less developed markets. The expansion of our business outside of the United States raises tax and regulatory risks, may adversely affect our profit margins and places additional demands on our resources and employees. We have expanded and intend to continue to expand our distribution efforts into non-U.S. markets through partnered distribution efforts and product offerings, including Europe, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong and Australia. For example, we organized and serve as investment manager of Irish-domiciled UCIT fund. Clients outside the United States may be adversely affected by political, social and economic uncertainty in their respective home countries and regions, which could result in a decrease in the net client cash flows that come from such clients. This expansion has required and will continue to require us to incur a number of up-front expenses, including those associated with obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals and office space, as well as additional ongoing expenses, including those associated with leases, the employment of additional support staff and regulatory compliance. Non-U.S. clients may be less accepting of the U.S. practice of payment for certain research products and services through soft dollars (“soft dollars” are a means of paying brokerage firms for their services through commission revenue, rather than through direct payments) or such practices may not be permissible in certain jurisdictions, which could have the effect of increasing our expenses. In addition, the European Commission adopted several acts under the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (known as “MiFID II”) that prevent the “bundling” of the cost of research together with trading commissions. As a result, clients subject to MiFID II may be unable to use soft dollars to pay for research services in the United Kingdom and in Europe. Our U.S.-based employees routinely travel outside the United States as a part of our investment research process or to market our services and may spend extended periods of time in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions. Their activities outside the United States on our behalf may raise both tax and regulatory issues. If and to the extent we are incorrect in our analysis of the applicability or impact of non-U.S. tax or regulatory requirements, we could incur costs or penalties or be the subject of an enforcement or other action. Operating our business in non-U.S. markets is generally more expensive than in the United States. In addition, costs related to our distribution and marketing efforts in non-U.S. markets generally have been more expensive than comparable costs in the United States. To the extent that our revenues do not increase to the same degree as our expenses increase in connection with our continuing expansion outside the United States, our profitability could be adversely affected. Expanding our business into non-U.S. markets may also place significant demands on our existing infrastructure and employees. 47 Table of Contents We are also subject to a number of laws and regulations governing payments and contributions to political persons or other third parties, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of State. Similar laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions may also impose stricter or more onerous requirements and implementing them may disrupt our business or cause us to incur significantly more costs to comply with those laws. Different laws may also contain conflicting provisions, making compliance with all laws more difficult. Any determination that we have violated the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws or sanctions could subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation and a general financial investor confidence, any one of which could adversely affect our business prospects, loss of condition, or results of operations. While we have developed and implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure strict compliance by us and our personnel with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or sanctions in jurisdictions in which we operate, such policies and procedures may not be effective in all instances to prevent violations. On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom (“UK”) held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the EU, commonly referred to as "Brexit". The UK’s withdrawal from the EU occurred on January 31, 2020, and the UK remained in the EU’s customs union and single market until December 31, 2020 (the “Transition Period”). The UK and the EU agreed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement on December 24, 2020 (the “TCA”), which is intended to be operative from the end of the Transition Period. The TCA was ratified by the UK on December 30, 2020 and is expected to come into full force in February 2021 once relevant EU institutions have also ratified the TCA. Until then, the TCA governs the UK's relationship with the EU on an interim basis. While the TCA regulates a number of important areas, significant parts of the UK economy are not addressed in detail by the TCA, including in particular the services sector, which represents the largest component of the UK’s economy. A number of issues, particularly in relation to the financial services sector, remain to be resolved through further bilateral negotiations, which are currently expected to begin in the early part of 2021. Although we do not currently expect Brexit to have a major impact on our business, the new relationship between the UK and the EU could in the short-term, and possibly for longer, cause disruptions to and create uncertainty in the UK and European economies and any negative impact to overall investor confidence or instability in the global macroeconomic environment could have an adverse economic impact on our results of operations. Failure to properly address conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, business and results of operations. As we have expanded the scope of our businesses and our client base, we must continue to address conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. In addition, the SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest. We have procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to address these issues. However, appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest, we could face reputational damage, litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which may adversely affect our revenues or net income. Insurance may not be available on a cost-effective basis to protect us from liability. We face the inherent risk of liability related to litigation from clients, third-party vendors or others and actions taken by regulatory agencies. To help protect against these potential liabilities, we purchase insurance in amounts, and against risks, that we consider appropriate, where such insurance is available at prices, we deem acceptable. There can be no assurance, however, that a claim or claims will be covered by insurance or, if covered, will not exceed the limits of available insurance coverage, that any insurer will remain solvent and will meet its obligations to provide us with coverage or that insurance coverage will continue to be available with sufficient limits at a reasonable cost. Insurance costs are impacted by market conditions and the risk profile of the insured and may increase significantly over relatively short periods. In addition, certain insurance coverage may not be available or may only be available at prohibitive costs. Renewals of insurance policies may expose us to additional costs through higher premiums or the assumption of higher deductibles or co- insurance liability. 48 Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS. None ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. The Company leases its principal executive offices, which are located in San Antonio, TX. In the United States, the Company also leases office space in Brooklyn, OH; Birmingham, MI; Boston, MA; Rocky River, OH; Cincinnati, OH; Charlotte, NC; Denver, CO; Des Moines, IA; Hanover, NH; Norwalk, CT; and San Francisco, CA. Outside the United States, the Company leases office space in Singapore and Hong Kong. The Company believes its existing facilities are adequate to meet its current and future business requirements. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES. Not applicable 49 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock are listed and trade on NASDAQ under the symbol “VCTR”. As of December 31, 2021, there were approximately 3,000 beneficial shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock. At a special meeting of stockholders held on November 19, 2021, The Company’s stockholders approved the elimination of the Company’s dual-class share structure. As a result of the stockholders’ vote, the Company filed its amended and restated charter with the Secretary of State of Delaware. Effective November 23, 2021, Victory Capital’s Class B common stock converted into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, and the Company now has a single class of Common Stock. As a result, all holders of the Company’s Common Stock have identical economic and voting rights. Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison from February 8, 2018 (the date our Common Stock commenced trading on NASDAQ) through December 31, 2021 of the cumulative total return of our Common Stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (S&P 500 Index) and a peer group comprised of Affiliated Managers Group, Inc., Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc., BrightSphere Investment Group plc, Eaton Vance Corp., and Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. Eaton Vance Corp. was acquired and ceased to publicly trade on March 1, 2021. The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the market close on February 8, 2018 in our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the peer group and assumes reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance of the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. $400 $380 $360 $340 $320 $300 $280 $260 $240 $220 $200 $180 $160 $140 $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 February-18 A pril-18 D ece m ber-18 O ctober-18 February-19 A pril-19 June-18 A ugust-18 D ece m ber-19 O ctober-19 February-20 A pril-20 June-19 A ugust-19 D ece m ber-20 O ctober-20 February-21 A pril-21 June-20 A ugust-20 D ece m ber-21 O ctober-21 June-21 A ugust-21 VCTR S&P 500 Peer Group 50 Table of Contents Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers. The following table sets out information regarding purchases of equity securities by the Company for the three months ended December 31, 2021. Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Average Price Paid Per Share of Common Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans Approximate Dollar Value That May Yet Be Purchased Under Outstanding Plans or Programs Period October 1-31, 2021.................... November 1-30, 2021................ December 1-31, 2021................ Total ..................................... Purchased(1) Stock or Programs (in millions)(2) 45,260 $ 60,255 53,685 159,200 $ 36.28 36.06 35.26 35.85 45,260 $ 23,355 53,685 122,300 3.8 2.9 16.0 (1) (2) Common Stock purchased in November 2021 includes 29,400 and 7,500 shares purchased on November 22, 2021 in the open market by David Brown and Michael Policarpo, respectively, at a weighted average cost per share of $34.62. The share repurchase programs authorized in 2018, 2019, May 2020 and November 2020, each for $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock, were completed in September 2019, June 2020, October 2020 and May 2021, respectively. In May 2021, a fifth share repurchase program was authorized for $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock, which was completed in January 2022. In December 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a sixth share repurchase program whereby the Company may repurchase up to an additional $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of purchases under the share repurchase program authorized in December 2021 will depend on a number of factors including the price and availability of our shares, trading volume, capital availability, our performance and general economic and market conditions. The program can be suspended or discontinued at any time. The December 2021 share repurchase program took effect in January 2022, upon the completion of the May 2021 share repurchase program, and expires on December 31, 2023. In 2021, shares of Common Stock repurchased under programs authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors totaled 885,505 at a total cost of $26.2 million for an average price of $29.53 per share. In 2020, the Company repurchased 1,497,827 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $26.3 million for an average price of $17.57 per share, while in 2019, the Company’s share repurchases totaled 828,880 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $13.5 million and an average price of $16.26 per share. As of December 31, 2021, a cumulative total of 4,068,487 shares of Common Stock had been repurchased under programs authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors at a total cost of $74.0 million for an average price of $18.19 per share. As of December 31, 2021, $16.0 million was available for future repurchases under authorized share repurchase programs, $1.0 million under the May 2021 program and $15.0 million under the December 2021 program. Dividend Policy In 2019, the Company announced the initiation of quarterly cash dividends and paid its first quarterly dividend in September of that year. During 2020, the Board authorized two increases in the quarterly cash dividend. In August 2020, the dividend was increased by 20%; and, in November, the dividend was increased by 17%. Combined, the two increases resulted in the quarterly cash dividend growing by 40%, from $0.05 per share in the first quarter of 2020, to $0.07 per share in the fourth quarter of 2020. During 2021, the Board authorized four increases in the quarterly cash dividend. Combined, the four increases resulted in the quarterly cash dividend growing by approximately 143%, from $0.07 per share in the fourth quarter of 2020, to $0.17 per share in the fourth quarter of 2021. Holders of restricted stock awards on the Company’s Common Stock that are unvested at the time quarterly dividends are declared are entitled to be paid these dividends as and when the restricted stock vests. Potential future dividend payments will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including capital requirements to execute our growth strategy, results of operations, financial condition, projected cash flow, and terms associated with our current credit facility or any future financing. Potential increases to the Company’s cash dividend rate will be assessed annually. 51 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the “Company,” “Victory,” or in the first-person notations of “we,” “us,” and “our” shall mean Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Objective The objective of this section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K is to provide a discussion and analysis, from management’s perspective, of the key performance indicators and material information necessary to assess our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021. In addition, we also discuss the Company’s contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which could cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Please refer to the sections of this report entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” Overview Our Business – Victory is a diversified global asset management firm with $183.7 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2021. The Company operates a next-generation business model combining boutique investment qualities with the benefits of an integrated, centralized operating and distribution platform. institutional separate accounts, VIPs, ESG and impact The Company provides specialized investment strategies to institutions, intermediaries, retirement platforms and individual investors. With 12 autonomous Investment Franchises and a Solutions Platform, Victory offers a wide array of investment products, including actively and passively managed mutual funds, rules-based and active ETFs, investment strategies, alternative investments, private closed end funds, and a 529 Education Savings Plan. Victory Capital’s strategies are also offered through third-party investment products, including mutual funds, third-party ETF model strategies, retail SMAs and UMAs through wrap account programs, CITs, and UCITs. As of December 31, 2021, our Franchises and our Solutions Platform collectively managed a diversified set of 130 investment strategies for a wide range of institutional and retail clients and direct investors. Franchises – Our Franchises are largely operationally integrated, but are separately branded and make investment decisions independently from one another within guidelines established by their respective investment mandates. Our largely integrated model creates a supportive environment in which our investment professionals, largely unencumbered by administrative and operational responsibilities, can focus on their investment professionals across our pursuit of Franchises, which are not separate legal entities. investment excellence. VCM employs all of our U.S. Solutions – Our Solutions Platform consists of multi-asset, multi-manager, quantitative, rules-based, factor- based, and customized portfolios. These strategies are designed to achieve specific return characteristics, with products that include values-based and thematic outcomes and exposures. We offer our Solutions Platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds, UMA accounts, rules-based and active ETFs under our VictoryShares ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our Solutions Platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions. Professionals within our institutional and retail distribution channels, direct investor business and marketing organization sell our products through our centralized distribution model. Our institutional sales team focuses on cultivating relationships with institutional consultants, who account for the majority of the institutional market, as well as asset allocators seeking sub-advisers. Our retail sales team offers intermediary and retirement platform clients, including broker-dealers, retirement platforms and RIA networks, mutual funds and ETFs as well as SMAs through wrap fee programs and access to our investment models through UMAs. Our 52 Table of Contents investor business serves the investment needs of clients including USAA members, direct community, and other individual clients. the military We have grown our AUM from $17.9 billion following the management-led buyout with Crestview GP in August 2013 to $183.7 billion at December 31, 2021. We attribute this growth to our success in sourcing acquisitions and evolving them into organic growers, generating strong investment returns, and developing institutional, retail, and direct investor channels with deep penetration. WestEnd Acquisition (the “WestEnd Acquisition”) – On December 31, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of WestEnd pursuant to the WestEnd purchase agreement (as the “WestEnd Purchase Agreement”), resulting in WestEnd becoming the Company’s 12th amended, investment franchise. Founded in 2004, and headquartered in Charlotte, NC, WestEnd provides financial advisors with a turnkey, core model allocation strategies serving as holistic solutions and complementary sources of alpha. The firm offers four primary ETF strategies and one large cap core strategy, all in tax efficient SMA structures. At December 31, 2021, the WestEnd acquired assets totaled $19.3 billion. The WestEnd acquired assets had no economic impact on operations in 2021 and no effect on asset flows, average assets, revenues or earnings in the full-year period ended December 31, 2021. The aggregate purchase price (the “WestEnd Purchase Price”) for the WestEnd Acquisition is estimated at $716.1 million, net of cash acquired, which includes (i) $475.8 million in cash paid at closing (the “WestEnd Closing”) net of cash acquired plus the acquisition date value of contingent payments due to sellers of $239.7 million plus an estimated $0.6 million payable in cash in the first half of 2022 for net working capital adjustments. The contingent earn-out payments are based on net revenue of the WestEnd business during each of the first four years following the WestEnd Closing, subject to certain “catch-up” provisions over a five and one half year period following the WestEnd Closing. A maximum of $320.0 million ($80.0 million per year) in earn-out payments may be paid. The WestEnd Purchase Price is subject to adjustments based on the level of client consents received, net working capital, debt, cash and unpaid transaction expenses. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the WestEnd Acquisition. NEC Acquisition (the “NEC Acquisition”) – On November 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the equity interests in NEC, resulting in NEC becoming the Company’s 11th investment franchise. Founded in 2004 and based in Hanover, NH, NEC is an alternative asset management firm focused on debt and equity investments in clean energy infrastructure projects and companies. At November 1, 2021, the NEC AUM that was acquired totaled $795.0 million. The estimated purchase price for the NEC Acquisition is $63.1 million, which includes $62.8 million in cash paid at closing, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million of net working capital adjustments to be settled in the first quarter of 2022. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company will pay up to an additional $35.0 million in cash based on net revenue growth over a six year period following the closing date. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the NEC Acquisition. THB Acquisition (the “THB Acquisition”) – On March 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of THB, resulting in THB becoming the Company’s 10th investment franchise. The acquisition expanded and diversified our investment platform, adding capacity constrained asset classes. The team manages strategies in U.S. micro-cap, small-cap and mid-cap assets classes as well as international small cap and global small cap portfolios; all of which are asset classes in which active management is an important part of a well-diversified portfolio. At March 1, 2021, the THB AUM that was acquired totaled $547 million. In addition to servicing clients in the U.S., THB has a footprint in Australia and Europe which provides us with expanded distribution opportunities in regions in which we have a limited presence today. This will benefit all of our Franchises as we look to leverage THB’s distribution footprint to sell more of our investment strategies outside the U.S. Aligning with the Company’s responsible investing initiatives, all of THB’s strategies have ESG considerations integrated into their investment processes. THB was an early adopter of responsible investment practices and has been managing responsible investment portfolios for decades. Nominal consideration was paid for the assets of THB. The THB investment team will share in the revenue generated on their products and benefit from our centralized operational, marketing and distribution platforms. 53 Table of Contents THB has significant room for AUM growth across its product set, which we think will significantly accelerate with our distribution support. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the THB Acquisition. USAA AMCO Acquisition – On July 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition (the “USAA AMCO Acquisition”) of USAA Asset Management (“USAA Adviser”) and VCTA, formally known as the USAA Transfer Agency Company. The acquisition expanded and diversified the Company’s investment platform and increased the Company’s size and scale. The acquisition also provided the Company the rights to offer products and services using the USAA brand and the opportunity to offer its products to USAA members through a direct distribution channel. A maximum of $150.0 million ($37.5 million per year) in contingent payments is payable to sellers based on the annual revenue of USAA Adviser attributable to all “non-managed money”-related AUM in each of the first four years following the closing date. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we paid $37.5 million in cash to sellers for the first annual contingent payment. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we paid $37.5 million in cash to sellers for the second annual contingent payment. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration payable to sellers was estimated at $68.8 million at December 31, 2021 as compared to $92.5 million at December 31, 2020 and is included in consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The increase in the liability of $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 was recorded in change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Alderwood - On September 20, 2020, the Company acquired, through a wholly owned subsidiary, a 15% interest in Alderwood and made a capital contribution of $1.5 million in cash. Alderwood’s operating entity, Alderwood Capital, is a London-based investment advisory firm focused on taking minority stakes in specialist boutique asset management businesses. The Company had commitments to contribute additional capital of $4.5 million to Alderwood and $50 million to a private fund to be launched by Alderwood, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions. On January 31, 2022, the Company signed an amendment to the Alderwood members’ agreement (“Alderwood Amendment”) and made a $1.5 million capital contribution to Alderwood. The Alderwood Amendment reduced the Company’s commitment to contribute additional capital to Alderwood from $4.5 million to $3.0 million. Refer to Note 13, Equity Method Investment, for further discussion regarding the investment. COVID-19 Pandemic – The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. While COVID-19 did not have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results, the extent to which the pandemic impacts our business, operations and financial results going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions taken in response; and the effect on our ability to sell and provide our services. We believe that doing our part to maintain the health and welfare of our employees is a critical element for achieving commercial success. As such, the Company has taken a proactive approach to addressing the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on our employees in order to protect their health, encouraging and in some instances requiring working from home, and balancing these steps with a carefully considered return to office policy that complies with respective local guidelines for each of our offices. Business Highlights in 2021 Assets under management: • AUM at December 31, 2021 increased by $36.5 billion, or approximately 24.7%, to $183.7 billion from $147.2 billion at December 31, 2020, primarily driven by the combination of net assets acquired and market appreciation of $20.3 billion and $20.6 billion, respectively, partially offset by net outflows of $4.5 billion. Long-term gross inflows were $27.9 billion and $23.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Long-term net outflows were $4.0 billion and $10.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We generated $28.3 billion in gross flows and $4.5 billion in net outflows ($4.0 billlion long-term, $0.5 billion 54 Table of Contents short-term) for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $35.9 billion in gross flows and $19.4 billion in net outflows ($10.9 billlion long-term, $8.4 billion short-term) for the same period in 2020. Investment performance: • 43 of our total Victory Capital mutual funds and ETFs had overall Morningstar ratings of four or five stars and 64% of our fund and ETF AUM were rated four or five stars overall by Morningstar. 64% of our strategies by AUM had investment returns in excess of their respective benchmarks over a one-year period, 77% over a three-year period, 82% over a five-year period and 77% over a ten- year period. On an equal-weighted basis, 70% of our strategies have outperformed their respective benchmarks over a one-year period, 60% over a three-year period, 67% over a five- year period and 71% over a ten-year period. 2021 corporate ESG initiatives: • In 2021, we published the Company’s inaugural Corporate Social Responsibility (”CSR”) report. This report details our enterprise-level initiatives as well as our approach to integrating ESG considerations into our investment management processes. • We improved our corporate governance in 2021 by eliminating the Company’s former dual-class stock structure. As a result, all holders of the Company’s common stock now have identical economic and voting rights where one share equals one vote. • We implemented mandatory inclusive culture eLearning and hosted multiple sustained-learning activities designed to enhance awareness of diversity and inclusion in our workplace. • The Company formed a strategic alliance with Xavier University of Louisiana (“XULA”) and granted scholarships to XULA students. Additionally, we funded and assisted in establishing a student-led XULA Investment Club. 2021 investing ESG initiatives: • We launched three new VictoryShares ESG ETFs. • The Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of THB Asset Management. All of THB’s strategies have ESG considerations integrated into their investment processes. THB was an early adopter of responsible investment practices and has been managing responsible investment portfolios for decades. • We further enhanced our impact investing capabilities with the completion of the acquisition of 100% of the equity interests in NEC. NEC is an alternative asset management firm focused on debt and equity investments in clean and renewable energy infrastructure projects and companies. Financial highlights: • revenue for Total the year ended December 31, 2021 was $890.3 million compared to $775.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net income was $278.4 million and $212.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. • GAAP earnings per diluted share were $3.75 for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $2.88 for the same period in 2020. Adjusted net income with tax benefit per diluted share was $4.82 and $3.87, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to 55 Table of Contents “Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information” for more information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income. • • Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin was $449.0 million and 50.4%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $377.3 million and 48.7%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020. Refer to “Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information” for more information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted Net Income was $329.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $258.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Refer to “Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information” for more information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income. Other: • On October 28, 2021, the Company announced it was named in the Top 10 of Fortune’s 100 Fastest-Growing Companies for 2021. • On September 24, 2021, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 on behalf of Crestview, Reverence and their affiliated entities that hold the Company’s stock to permit the sale of up to 44,973,804 shares of the Company’s Common Stock from time to time. On October 13, 2021, the Form S-3 was declared effective. ©2021 Fortune Media IP Limited All rights reserved. Fortune is a registered trademark of Fortune Media IP Limited and is used under license. Fortune and Fortune Media IP Limited are not affiliated with, and do not endorse products or services of, Victory Capital Management, Inc. Fortune’s annual list ranks the top performing, publicly traded companies in revenues, profits and stock returns over the three-year period ended April 30, 2021. Key Performance Indicators The following table presents the key performance indicators we focus on when reviewing our results: 2021 ($ in millions, except for basis points and percentages) AUM at period end ......................................................... $ 183,654 Average AUM................................................................. 158,590 28,254 Gross flows .................................................................... (528) Net short term flows ....................................................... (3,952) Net long term flows ........................................................ (4,480) Net flows ........................................................................ 890.3 Total revenue ................................................................. Revenue on average AUM............................................. Net income..................................................................... Adjusted EBITDA(1) ........................................................ Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)(2) ......................................... Adjusted Net Income(1)................................................... Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(3) ........ 278.4 449.0 329.0 28.0 56.1 bps 50.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2020 $ 147,241 136,422 35,857 (8,441) (10,911) (19,352) 775.4 2019 $ 151,832 102,719 32,112 20 1,840 1,860 612.4 56.8 bps 212.5 377.3 48.7 % 258.5 27.0 59.6 bps 92.5 268.8 43.9 % 172.8 20.3 (1) (2) (3) Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to measure the operating profitability of the business. These measures eliminate the impact of one-time acquisition, restructuring and integration costs and demonstrate the ongoing operating earnings metrics of the business. These measures are explained in more detail and reconciled to net income calculated in accordance with GAAP in “Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information.” Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue. Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangible assets and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit. 56 Table of Contents Assets Under Management Our profitability is largely affected by the level and composition of our AUM (including asset class and distribution channel) and the effective fee rates on our products. The amount and composition of our AUM are, and will continue to be, influenced by a number of factors, including; (i) investment performance, including fluctuations in the financial markets and the quality of our investment decisions; (ii) client flows into and out of our various strategies and investment vehicles; (iii) industry trends toward products or strategies that we either do or do not offer; (iv) our ability to attract and retain high quality investment, distribution, marketing and management personnel; (v) our decision to close strategies or limit growth of assets in a strategy when we believe it is in the best interest of our clients or conversely to re-open strategies in part or entirely; and (vi) general is to establish and maintain a client base that is diversified by Franchise and Solutions, asset class, distribution channel and vehicle. investor sentiment and confidence. Our goal Valuation of Assets Under Management The fair value of assets under management of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares is primarily determined using quoted market prices or independent third-party pricing services or broker price quotes. In certain circumstances, a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. In these cases, pricing is determined by management based on a prescribed valuation process that has been approved by the directors/trustees of the sponsored products. The same prescribed valuation process is used to price securities in separate accounts and the Company’s other non-alternative investment vehicles for which a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. For certain alternative investment vehicles, including the NEC funds, AUM represents limited partner capital commitments during the commitment period of the fund. Following the earlier of the termination of the commitment period and the beginning of any commitment period for a successor fund, AUM generally represents, depending on the fund, the lesser of a) the net asset value of the fund and b) the aggregated adjusted cost basis of each unrealized portfolio investment or the limited partner capital commitments reduced by the amount of capital contributions used to make portfolio investments that have been disposed. The fair value of Level III assets held by alternative investment vehicles is determined under the respective valuation policy for each fund. The valuation policies address the fact that substantially all the investments of a fund may information and therefore the fair value for these assets is typically not have readily available market determined using unobservable inputs and models that may include subjective assumptions. AUM reported by the Company for alternative investment vehicles may not necessarily equal the funds’ net asset values or the total fair value of the funds’ portfolio investments as AUM represents the basis for calculating management fees. For the periods presented, less than one percent of the Company’s total AUM were Level III assets priced without using a quoted market price, broker price quote or pricing service quotation. 57 Table of Contents AUM by Asset Class – the following table presents our AUM by asset class as of the dates indicated: As of December 31, 2020 2018 2021(1) 2019(2) (in millions) Solutions ................................$ 62,003 $ 34,041 $ 31,649 $ 3,767 $ 3,028 Fixed Income ........................ 7,551 35,119 25,185 U.S. Mid Cap Equity ................ 30,578 15,308 U.S. Small Cap Equity ............. 20,094 4,105 15,757 Global / Non-U.S. Equity......... 4,789 U.S. Large Cap Equity ............. 15,766 — 795 Alternative Investments ........... 1,805 442 Other....................................... 36,599 26,230 18,368 13,982 14,230 — 257 37,973 26,347 17,346 12,603 14,091 — 236 6,836 20,019 12,948 4,610 3,759 — 824 2017 Total Long-Term Assets ..............................$ 180,554 $ 143,707 $ 140,245 $ 52,763 $ 61,771 Money Market & Short-Term Assets ..................................... — Total .................................$ 183,654 $ 147,241 $ 151,832 $ 52,763 $ 61,771 11,587 3,534 3,100 — (1) (2) Includes the impact of acquired assets from the THB, NEC and WestEnd Acquisitions, which closed on March 1, 2021, November 1, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and increased our AUM by approximately $547 million, $795 million and $19.3 billion, respectively. The WestEnd acquired assets had no economic impact on operations in 2021 and no effect on asset flows, average assets, revenues or earnings in the full-year period ended December 31, 2021. Includes the impact of the USAA AMCO Acquisition, which closed on July 1, 2019, increasing our AUM by $81.1 billion inclusive of managed portfolio assets invested through USAA’s brokerage business. We did not acquire the USAA brokerage business. 58 Table of Contents Asset Flows by Asset Class – the following table summarizes our asset flows by asset class for the periods indicated: (in millions) Year Ended December 31, 2021 Beginning AUM ............. $ Gross client cash inflows ....................... Gross client cash outflows ..................... Net client cash flows ..... Market appreciation / (depreciation) ................ Acquired assets / Net transfers ........................ Ending AUM .................. $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 Beginning AUM ............. $ Gross client cash inflows ....................... Gross client cash outflows ..................... Net client cash flows ..... Market appreciation / (depreciation) ................ Acquired assets / Net transfers ........................ Ending AUM .................. $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 Beginning AUM ............. $ Gross client cash inflows ....................... Gross client cash outflows ..................... Net client cash flows ..... Market appreciation / (depreciation) ................ Acquired assets / Net transfers ........................ Ending AUM .................. $ U.S. Mid Cap Equity U.S. Small Cap Equity Fixed Income U.S. Large Cap Equity Global / Non-U.S. Equity Solutions Alternative Investments Other Total Long-term Money Market / Short-term Total 26,230 $ 18,368 $ 36,599 $ 14,230 $ 13,982 $ 34,041 $ — $ 257 $ 143,706 $ 3,534 $ 147,241 5,935 4,562 6,743 364 2,674 7,426 — 165 27,869 386 28,254 (7,742 ) (1,807 ) (5,644 ) (1,082 ) (8,985 ) (2,242 ) (1,565 ) (1,202 ) (2,218 ) 456 (5,501 ) 1,925 — (165 ) — — (31,820 ) (3,952 ) (914 ) (528 ) (32,734 ) (4,480 ) 6,169 2,685 (14 ) 122 649 114 2,766 1,532 6,625 — 146 20,573 10 20,583 30,578 $ 20,094 $ 35,119 $ 15,766 $ (28 ) (214 ) 15,757 $ 19,412 62,003 $ 795 795 $ 442 $ 39 20,226 180,554 $ 84 3,100 20,310 $ 183,654 26,347 $ 17,346 $ 37,973 $ 14,091 $ 12,603 $ 31,649 $ — $ 236 $ 140,245 $ 11,587 $ 151,832 4,144 4,458 6,499 695 2,467 4,898 (7,605 ) (3,460 ) (5,201 ) (742 ) (9,140 ) (2,641 ) (2,631 ) (1,936 ) (2,501 ) (34 ) (6,974 ) (2,076 ) 3,436 1,959 1,505 1,935 1,403 4,457 — — — — 40 (60 ) (21 ) 40 23,201 12,656 35,857 (34,112 ) (10,911 ) (21,097 ) (8,441 ) (55,209 ) (19,352 ) 14,736 58 14,794 (93 ) (195 ) (239 ) 139 26,230 $ 18,368 $ 36,599 $ 14,230 $ 10 13,982 $ 10 34,041 $ — — $ 257 $ 3 (364 ) 143,706 $ 331 3,534 (33 ) $ 147,241 20,019 $ 12,948 $ 6,836 $ 3,759 $ 4,610 $ 3,767 $ — $ 823 $ 52,763 $ — $ 52,763 5,663 3,338 6,489 480 1,457 5,696 — 171 23,293 8,820 32,112 (6,663 ) (1,000 ) (4,194 ) (856 ) (4,186 ) 2,303 (1,419 ) (939 ) (1,538 ) (81 ) (3,079 ) 2,617 — (375 ) — (204 ) (21,453 ) 1,840 (8,800 ) 20 (30,252 ) 1,860 5,511 3,728 1,158 1,263 1,609 2,739 — (29 ) 15,980 85 16,065 1,817 1,526 27,677 10,007 26,347 $ 17,346 $ 37,973 $ 14,091 $ 6,465 12,603 $ 22,525 31,649 $ — (356 ) — $ 236 $ 69,662 140,245 $ 11,482 11,587 81,143 $ 151,832 AUM by Distribution Channel – the following table presents our AUM by distribution channel as of the dates indicated: 2021 Amount % of total As of December 31, 2020 Amount % of total 2019 Amount % of total (in millions) Investor .......................................... $ 68,817 49,697 Institutional.................................... 65,140 Retail.............................................. Total AUM(1) .............................. $ 183,654 37 %$ 68,749 27 % 40,840 36 % 37,651 100 %$ 147,241 46 %$ 74,118 28 % 39,851 26 % 37,863 100 %$ 151,832 49 % 26 % 25 % 100 % (1) The allocation of AUM by distribution channel involves the use of estimates and the exercise of judgment. 59 Table of Contents Assets Flows by Vehicle – the following table summarizes our asset flows by vehicle for the periods indicated: Mutual Funds(1) Separate Accounts and Other Vehicles(3) ETFs(2) (in millions) Year Ended December 31, Beginning AUM..................................... $ Gross client cash inflows.................... Gross client cash outflows ................. Net client cash flows ............................. Market appreciation / (depreciation) ..... Acquired assets / Net transfers(4).......... Ending AUM.......................................... $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 Beginning AUM..................................... $ Gross client cash inflows.................... Gross client cash outflows ................. Net client cash flows ............................. Market appreciation / (depreciation) ..... Acquired assets / Net transfers............. Ending AUM.......................................... $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 Beginning AUM..................................... $ Gross client cash inflows.................... Gross client cash outflows ................. Net client cash flows ............................. Market appreciation / (depreciation) ..... Acquired assets / Net transfers............. Ending AUM.......................................... $ 112,998 19,070 (23,345) (4,275) 15,638 (219) 124,142 118,605 31,172 (48,398) (17,226) 11,746 (127) 112,998 30,492 21,560 (25,239) (3,679) 10,990 80,802 118,605 $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,976 849 (375) 474 828 (407) 4,871 4,213 492 (913) (420) 183 — 3,976 2,956 843 (914) (71) 544 782 4,213 $ $ $ $ $ $ 30,267 8,335 (9,014) (678) 4,117 20,936 54,641 29,014 4,192 (5,898) (1,705) 2,864 94 30,267 19,315 9,709 (4,099) 5,610 4,531 (441) 29,014 $ $ $ $ $ $ Total 147,241 28,254 (32,734) (4,480) 20,583 20,310 183,654 151,832 35,857 (55,209) (19,352) 14,794 (33) 147,241 52,763 32,112 (30,252) 1,860 16,065 81,143 151,832 (1) (2) (3) (4) Includes institutional and retail share classes, money market and Variable Insurance Products or VIP funds. Represents only ETF assets held by third parties. Excludes ETF assets held by other Victory Capital products. Includes collective trust funds, wrap program accounts, UMAs, UCITs, private funds and non-U.S. domiciled pooled vehicles. The year ended December 31, 2021 includes acquired assets of $547 million, $795 million and $19.3 billion associated with the THB, NEC and WestEnd acquisitions, which closed on March 1, 2021, November 1, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The WestEnd acquired assets had no economic impact on operations in 2021 and no effect on asset flows, average assets, revenues or earnings in the full-year period ended December 31, 2021. December 31, 2021 AUM – Our total AUM at December 31, 2021 increased by $36.4 billion, or 24.7%, to $183.7 billion from $147.2 billion at December 31, 2020, primarily driven by the combination of net acquired assets and positive market movement of $20.3 million and $20.6 million, respectively, partially offset by net outflows of $4.5 billion. The net outflows were driven by $2.2 billion in fixed income strategies, $1.8 billion our U.S. mid cap equity strategies, $1.2 billion in our U.S. large cap equity strategies, $1.1 billion in our U.S. small cap equity strategies and $0.5 billion in money market and short-term strategies, partially offset by $1.9 billion in net inflows into our Solutions Platform and $0.5 billion into our global/non-U.S. equity strategies. December 31, 2020 AUM – Our total AUM at December 31, 2020 was $147.2 billion, a decrease of $4.6 billion, or 3.0%, compared to $151.8 billion at December 31, 2019. The decrease in AUM during 2020 is due to net outflows of $19.4 billion partially offset by $14.8 billion in positive market movement. Short-term money market assets accounted for $3.5 billion, or 2.4% of the total AUM at December 31, 2020. 60 Table of Contents The net outflows were driven by $8.4 billion in money market and short-term strategies, $3.5 billion in our U.S. mid cap equity strategies, $2.6 billion in our fixed income strategies, $2.1 billion in our Solutions Platform, $1.9 billion in our U.S. large cap equity strategies and $0.7 billion in our U.S. small cap equity strategies. December 31, 2019 AUM – Our total AUM at December 31, 2019 was $151.8 billion, an increase of $99.1 billion, or 187.8%, compared to $52.8 billion at December 31, 2018. The change in AUM during 2019 reflects $81.1 billion of acquired assets, $1.9 billion of positive net inflows, as well as $16.1 billion in positive market movement. Short-term money market assets accounted for $11.6 billion, or 7.6% of the total AUM at December 31, 2019. The net inflows were driven by $2.6 billion in our Solutions Platform and $2.3 billion in our fixed income strategies, partially offset by net outflows of $1.0 billion in our U.S. mid cap equity strategies, $0.9 billion in our U.S. large cap equity strategies, $0.9 billion in our U.S. small cap equity strategies, $0.2 billion in other and $0.1 billion in our global/non-U.S equity strategies. GAAP Results of Operations Our GAAP revenues principally consist of: (i) investment management fees, which are based on our overall weighted average fee rate charged to our clients and our level of AUM and (ii) fund administration and distribution fees, which are asset-based fees earned from open-end mutual funds for administration and distribution services. Fund administration and fund distribution fees also include fund transfer agent fees (related to the USAA Funds), which are based on a contractual rate applied to average AUM or the number of accounts in these funds. The Company has contractual arrangements with third parties to provide certain advisory, administration, transfer agent and distribution services. Management considers whether we are acting as the principal service provider or as an agent to determine whether revenue should be recorded based on the gross amount payable by the customer or net of payments to third-party service providers, respectively. Victory is considered a principal service provider if we control the service that is transferred to the customer. We are considered an agent when we arrange for the service to be provided by another party and do not control the service. Investment Management Fees – Investment management fees are earned from managing clients’ assets. Our investment management fee revenue fluctuates based on a number of factors, including the total value of our AUM, the composition of AUM across investment strategies and vehicles, changes in the investment management fee rates on our products and the extent to which we enter into fee arrangements that differ from our standard fee schedule as well as the extent to which our fund expenses exceed fund caps. Investment management fees are earned based on a percentage of AUM as delineated in the respective investment management agreements. Our investment management fees are calculated based on daily average AUM, monthly average AUM or point in time AUM. Fund Administration and Distribution Fees – Fund administration fees are primarily asset-based fees earned from open-end funds for administration services. Fund administration fees fluctuate based on the level of average open-end fund AUM and the fee rates charged for these services. Fund distribution fees are asset-based fees earned from open-end funds for distribution services. Fund distribution fees fluctuate based on the level of average open-end fund AUM and the composition of those assets across share classes that pay varying levels of fund distribution fees. The Company has contractual arrangements with a third party to provide certain sub-administration services. We are the primary obligor under the contracts with the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares and have the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing. As a result, fund administration fees and sub-administration expenses are recorded on a gross basis. VCS has contractual arrangements with third parties to provide certain distribution services. VCS is the primary obligor under the contracts with the Victory Funds and USAA Funds and has the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing. Substantially all of VCS’s revenue is recorded gross of payments made to third parties. 61 Table of Contents Fund transfer agent fees are earned for providing mutual fund shareholder services. Transfer agent fees fluctuate based on the level of average AUM and the number of accounts in the USAA Funds. The Company has contractual arrangements with a third party to provide certain sub-transfer agent services. We are the primary obligor under the transfer agency contracts with the USAA Funds and have the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing. As a result, fund transfer agent fees and sub-transfer agent expenses are recorded on a gross basis. GAAP Expenses Our GAAP expenses principally consist of: (i) personnel compensation and benefits; (ii) distribution and other asset-based expenses; (iii) general and administrative expenses; (iv) depreciation and amortization charges; and (v) acquisition-related expenses comprising of changes in the fair value of contingent acquisition payments and restructuring and acquisition costs. Personnel Compensation and Benefits – Personnel compensation and benefits is our most significant category of expense. Personnel compensation and benefits consists of (i) salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits, (ii) incentive compensation, (iii) sales-based compensation, (iv) compensation expense related to equity awards granted to employees and directors and (v) acquisition-related compensation in the form of cash retention bonuses and certain transaction-related compensatory payment arrangements. Incentive compensation is the largest component of the total compensation of our employees. The aggregate amount of cash incentive compensation is funded by a pool that is based on a percentage of total Company is used to pay the earnings (before taking into account investment teams a percentage of the revenue earned by their respective Franchise on a quarterly basis. This incentive pool is also used to pay incentive compensation to senior management and other non-investment employees on an annual basis. Incentive compensation paid to senior management and to other non-investment employees is discretionary and subjectively determined based on Company and individual performance and the total amount of the incentive compensation pool. incentive compensation). This incentive pool Distribution and Other Asset-based Expenses – Distribution and other asset-based expenses consists of: (i) broker-dealer distribution fees and platform distribution fees and (ii) sub-administration, sub-transfer agent, sub-advisory expenses and middle-office expenses. Broker-dealer distribution fees are paid by VCS as the broker-dealer for the Victory Funds and USAA Funds to third-party distributors. The Victory Funds and USAA Funds pay VCS for distribution services and VCS, in turn, pays third-party distributors. Platform distribution fees are paid by VCM as the investment adviser to the Victory Funds and USAA Funds. Platform distribution fees are paid to financial advisors, retirement plan providers and intermediaries for servicing and administering accounts invested in shares of the Victory Funds and USAA Funds. Distribution fees typically vary based on the level of AUM and the composition of those assets across share classes. Sub-administration, sub-transfer agent, sub-advisory and middle-office expenses consist of fees paid to our sub-administrators of the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and USAA Funds, fees paid to our sub-transfer agent for the USAA Funds, fees paid to sub-advisers on certain Victory Funds and USAA Funds and fees paid to vendors to which we outsource middle-office functions. 62 Table of Contents • • • VCM acts as the administrator to the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and USAA Funds. VCM has hired a sub-administrator, the fees for which are captured in sub-administration expense. As administrator, VCM supervises the operations of the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and USAA Funds, including the services provided by the sub-administrators. The sub-administrators are paid through a contractual arrangement based on a percentage of the average fund AUM. VCTA acts as the transfer agent to the USAA Funds. VCTA has hired a sub-transfer agent, the fees for which are captured in sub-administration expense. As transfer agent, VCTA oversees the services provided by the sub-transfer agent. The sub-transfer agent is paid through a contractual arrangement based on a percentage of average fund AUM. VCM, as the investment adviser for the Victory Funds and USAA Funds, has hired unaffiliated sub-advisers to manage funds for which we do not have in-house capabilities. The fees paid to the sub-advisers are contractual based on a percentage of assets that they manage or based upon a percentage of revenue. • We have outsourced middle-office operations to achieve a scalable operational infrastructure that utilizes a variable-cost model. We have selected to partner with top-tier vendors who perform trade operations, portfolio accounting and performance measurement with oversight from our operations team. The fees paid to these vendors are variable and structured based on the number of accounts, assets and specific services performed. General and Administrative Expenses – General and administrative expenses primarily consist of investment research and technology costs, professional and marketing fees, travel, rent and insurance expenses. Depreciation and Amortization – Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of the depreciation of property and equipment as well as the amortization of acquired intangibles that have a definite life. These intangibles include customer relationships, investment advisory contracts, intellectual property and non-compete clauses acquired in connection with a business or asset acquisition. Both depreciation and amortization are recorded ratably over the assets’ useful lives. Acquisition-Related Costs – Acquisition-related costs include legal fees, advisory services, mutual fund proxy voting costs and other one-time expenses related to acquisitions. Restructuring and Integration Costs – Restructuring and integration costs include costs incurred in connection with business combinations, including the increase in the fair value of contingent acquisition payments, asset purchases and changes in business strategy. These include severance expenses related to termination and other costs to integrate investment platforms, one-time benefit arrangements, contract products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and restructuring the business to capture operating expense synergies. Other non-operating items of income and expense consist of: (i) interest income and other income (expense); (ii) interest expense and other financing costs; (iii) loss on debt extinguishment; and (iv) income tax expense. Interest Income and Other Income (Expense) – Interest income and other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income, gains (losses) on investments and dividend income on investments. Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs – Interest expense and other financing costs consists primarily of interest expense attributable to long-term debt. Refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information. Loss on Debt Extinguishment – Loss on debt extinguishment consists of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and unamortized debt discount as a result of debt refinancing, the acceleration of the paydown of debt principal and debt repurchased and retired in open market transactions. Income Tax Expense – The provision for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state and local taxes, and foreign income taxes payable by certain of our subsidiaries. The effective tax rate is primarily driven by state and local taxes and excess tax benefits on share-based compensation, and for 2019, expense related to recording a liability for uncertain tax positions. The portion of the effective income tax rate attributable to state income taxes varies from year to year depending on amounts of income apportioned to each and local 63 Table of Contents jurisdiction, whether we file income tax returns on a unitary or separate return basis and with changes in tax laws. The following table presents our GAAP results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands except per share data). Revenue Investment management fees .................................. $ Fund administration and distribution fees................. Total revenue ..................................................... 674,539 215,726 890,265 $ $ 562,036 213,315 775,351 466,802 145,571 612,373 Year Ended December 31, 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Expenses Personnel compensation and benefits ..................... Distribution and other asset-based expenses .......... General and administrative....................................... Depreciation and amortization.................................. Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business ............................................. Acquisition-related costs........................................... Restructuring and integration costs .......................... Total operating expenses ................................. Income from operations.............................................. Other income (expense) 234,833 176,385 53,722 18,840 13,800 16,262 2,578 516,420 373,845 197,158 175,687 51,218 16,381 11,300 1,108 7,786 460,638 314,713 179,809 146,622 46,568 23,873 19,886 22,317 8,678 447,753 164,620 Interest income and other income (expense) ........... Interest expense and other financing costs .............. Loss on debt extinguishment.................................... Total other income (expense), net ................... 6,045 (24,652) (4,596) (23,203) 3,703 (37,005) (2,871) (36,173) 6,829 (40,901) (9,860) (43,932) Income before income taxes ...................................... 350,642 278,540 120,688 Income tax expense .................................................... (72,253) (66,018) (28,197) Net income ................................................................... $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Earnings per share of common stock Basic ......................................................................... $ Diluted ...................................................................... $ 4.10 3.75 $ $ 3.14 2.88 $ $ 1.37 1.26 Weighted average number of shares outstanding Basic ......................................................................... Diluted ...................................................................... 67,976 74,151 67,710 73,719 67,616 73,466 Dividends declared per share of common stock...... $ 0.53 $ 0.23 $ 0.10 Investment Management Fees 2021 compared to 2020 – Investment management fees increased $112.5 million, or 20.0%, to $674.5 million in 2021 from $562.0 million in 2020 due to an increase in average AUM year over year, partially offset by a 64 Table of Contents decrease in revenue realization due to a shift in asset class and product mix. Average AUM was $158.6 billion in 2021 compared to $136.4 billion in 2020, mostly attributable to market appreciation. 2020 compared to 2019 – Investment management fees increased $95.2 million, or 20.4%, to $562.0 million in 2020 from $466.8 million in 2019 due to an increase in average AUM year over year, partially offset by a decrease in the realized fee rate due to a shift in asset mix. Average AUM was $136.4 billion in 2020 compared to $102.7 billion in 2019, mostly attributable to the acquired assets in the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Fund Administration and Distribution Fees 2021 compared to 2020 – Fund administration and distribution fees were relatively flat, increasing $2.4 million, or 1.1% to $215.7 million in 2021 compared to $213.3 million in 2020. The increase is due to an increase in fund administration fees, partially offset by a decrease in transfer agent fees and a shift in the mix of assets to lower 12b-1 paying share classes. 2020 compared to 2019 – Fund administration and distribution fees totaled $213.3 million in 2020, an increase of $67.7 million, or 46.5%, from $145.6 million in 2019. Fund administration fees increased by $41.0 million, or 57.0%, due to an increase in average AUM year over year, mostly attributable to the USAA AMCO Acquisition and the addition of $74.0 million in transfer agent fees with the USAA Funds, partially offset by a decline in distribution fee realization due to a shift in the mix of assets to lower 12b-1 paying share classes. Personnel Compensation and Benefits The following table presents the components of GAAP compensation expense for December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: the year ended (in thousands) Incentive compensation .................................................... $ Salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits ..... Sales-based compensation(1) ........................................... Equity awards granted to employees and directors(2) ....... Acquisition and transaction-related compensation ........... Total personnel compensation and benefits expense......................................................................... $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 108,952 87,101 19,249 17,625 1,906 $ $ 87,412 76,304 14,158 18,096 1,188 2019 85,614 62,298 13,973 16,303 1,621 234,833 $ 197,158 $ 179,809 (1) (2) Represents sales-based commissions paid to our distribution teams. Sales-based compensation varies based on gross and net client cash flows and revenue earned on sales. Share-based compensation typically vests over several years based on service and the achievement of specific business and financial targets. The value of share-based compensation is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. 2021 compared to 2020 – Personnel compensation and benefits were $234.8 million in 2021, an increase of $37.7 million, or 19.1%, from $197.2 million in 2020 primarily attributable to an increase in salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits, incentive compensation and sales-based compensation due to an increase in headcount and an increase in operating results, resulting in an increase in variable costs such as for employees, sales commissions, and third-party distribution costs. the incentive compensation pool Salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits were $87.1 million and $76.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Incentive compensation and equity awards granted to employees and directors were $109.0 million and $17.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $87.4 million and $18.1 million, respectively, for the same period in 2020. 2020 compared to 2019 – Personnel compensation and benefits were $197.2 million in 2020, an increase of $17.3 million, or 9.6%, from $179.8 million in 2019 primarily attributable to an increase in headcount due to the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits were $76.3 million and $62.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Incentive compensation and equity awards granted to employees and directors were $87.4 million and $18.1 million, respectively, for the year 65 Table of Contents ended December 31, 2020, compared to $85.6 million and $16.3 million, respectively, for the same period in 2019. Distribution and Other Asset-based Expenses The following table presents the components of distribution and other asset-based expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: (in thousands) Broker-dealer distribution fees ..................................... $ Platform distribution fees.............................................. Sub-administration ....................................................... Sub-advisory ................................................................ Middle-office................................................................. Total distribution and other asset-based expenses .................................................................. $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 $ 26,008 108,245 17,129 14,124 10,879 $ 22,936 115,614 15,144 12,174 9,820 27,753 90,706 11,115 8,399 8,649 176,385 $ 175,687 $ 146,622 2021 compared to 2020 – Distribution and other asset-based expenses are primarily based on AUM. Distribution and other asset-based expenses were relatively flat, increasing $0.7 million, or 0.4%, to $176.4 million in 2021 compared to $175.7 million in 2020, primarily due to an increase in broker dealer distribution fees as a result of higher average AUM over the comparable period offset by a change in asset mix of our underlying retail distribution platforms. 2020 compared to 2019 – Distribution and other asset-based expenses are primarily based on AUM. Distribution and other asset-based expenses were $175.7 million in 2020, an increase of $29.1 million, or 19.8%, from $146.6 million in 2019, primarily due to the USAA AMCO Acquisition which closed on July 1, 2019. The acquisition introduced new operating expenses that the Company did not incur prior to the acquisition, such as platform distribution costs paid to third parties and USAA, sub-transfer agent service costs and USAA 529 Education Savings Plan expenses. Also contributing to the overall change, but to a lesser extent, was the decrease in broker-dealer distribution fees due to the shift in the mix of assets to lower and non 12b-1 paying share classes. General and Administrative Expenses 2021 compared to 2020 – General and administrative expenses were $53.7 million in 2021 compared to $51.2 million in 2020. The increase of $2.5 million, or 4.9%, was primarily due to increases in technology and professional fees partially offset by a reduction in transition service agreement costs related to the USAA AMCO Acquisition, which ended in the fourth quarter of 2020. 2020 compared to 2019 – General and administrative expenses were $51.2 million in 2020 compared to $46.6 million in 2019. The increase of $4.7 million, or 10.0%, was primarily due to the addition of transition service agreement costs related to the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Also contributing, but to a lesser extent, were increases in facility, technology and professional fees mainly related to the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Depreciation and Amortization 2021 compared to 2020 – Depreciation and amortization increased by $2.5 million, 15.0%, to $18.8 million in 2021, from $16.4 million in 2020, due to the addition of depreciation expense related to the launch of the Company’s direct investor digital platform, which went live in November 2020. 2020 compared to 2019 – Depreciation and amortization decreased by $7.5 million, 31.4%, to $16.4 million in 2020, from $23.9 million in 2019, due to a reduction in amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets in connection with the Munder Capital Management acquisition that became fully amortized in the fourth quarter of 2019. 66 Table of Contents Change in Value of Consideration Payable for Acquisition of Business 2021 compared to 2020 - The change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business increased $2.5 million as a result of an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration associated with the USAA AMCO acquisition of $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to an increase of $11.3 million in the prior year. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the fair value of contingent consideration payable. 2020 compared to 2019 - The change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business decreased $8.6 million as a result of an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration associated with the USAA AMCO acquisition of $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to an increase of $19.9 million in the prior year. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the fair value of contingent consideration payable. Acquisition-Related Costs 2021 compared to 2020 – Acquisition-related costs increased $15.2 million to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $1.1 million in the prior year. The increase is primarily due to the NEC and WestEnd acquisitions which closed on November 1, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The 2021 acquisition-related expenses include various transaction costs such as legal and filing fees and other professional fees as well as an estimated liability for potential one-time payments related to a prior acquisition. 2020 compared to 2019 – Acquisition-related costs decreased $21.2 million, or 95%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $22.3 million in the prior year. The decrease is due to the USAA AMCO Acquisition which closed on July 1, 2019. The 2019 acquisition-related expenses include various transaction costs such as legal and filing fees and other professional fees. Restructuring and Integration Costs 2021 compared to 2020 – Restructuring and integration costs decreased $5.2 million, or 66.9%, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $7.8 million in the prior year. The decrease is due to higher integration and conversion costs associated with the USAA AMCO Acquisition recorded in 2020 compared to personnel restructuring costs within the direct investor business recorded in 2021. 2020 compared to 2019 – Restructuring and integration costs decreased $0.9 million, or 10.3%, to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $8.7 million in the prior year. The 2020 and 2019 expenses related to severance costs and integration and conversion costs associated with the USAA AMCO Acquisition. Interest Income and Other Income (Expense) 2021 compared to 2020 – Interest income and other income (expense) was income of $6.0 million in 2021, compared to income of $3.7 million in 2020. The increase was due to an increase in dividend income and unrealized gains on deferred compensation plan investments over the comparable period. 2020 compared to 2019 – Interest income and other income (expense) was income of $3.7 million in 2020, compared to income of $6.8 million in 2019. The decrease was due to the combination of a gain on sale of an equity method investment in Cerebellum of $2.9 million and higher yields on our cash invested in money market accounts in 2019. Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs 2021 compared to 2020 – Interest expense and other financing costs decreased by $12.4 million, or 33.4%, to $24.7 million in 2021, from $37.0 million in 2020. The expense decrease is primarily due to a decrease in interest expense as a result of a lower debt principal balance and a lower average interest rate over the comparable period. 67 Table of Contents 2020 compared to 2019 – Interest expense and other financing costs decreased by $3.9 million, or 9.5%, to $37.0 million in 2020, from $40.9 million in 2019. The expense decrease is primarily due to a decrease in interest expense as a result of a lower debt principal balance over the comparable period. Loss on Debt Extinguishment 2021 compared to 2020 – Loss on debt extinguishment increased by $1.7 million, or 60.1%, to $4.6 million in 2021 compared to $2.9 million in the prior year. The increase is largely due to repayments of term loan principal and entering into the Second Amendment in February 2021. Also contributing, but to a lesser extent, were unamortized debt issuance and unamortized debt discount expenses which were partially offset by gains recognized on repurchases and retirement of outstanding debt below par in the open market in 2020. to the Credit Agreement 2020 compared to 2019 – Loss on debt extinguishment decreased $7.0 million, or 70.9%, to $2.9 million in 2020 compared to $9.9 million in the prior year. The decrease is due to the 2019 write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and unamortized debt discount due to (i) the termination of the previous credit agreement, dated February 2018 ($5.5 million) and (ii) accelerating the paydown of debt principal under the 2019 Credit Agreement ($4.4 million). Income Tax Expense 2021 compared to 2020 – Our effective tax rate decreased 3.1% from 23.7% in 2020 to 20.6% in 2021. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to higher excess tax benefits on share-based compensation. Refer to Note 10, Income Taxes, to the audited financial statements for further details on income taxes. 2020 compared to 2019 – Our effective tax rate was relatively flat increasing 0.4% from 23.4% in 2019 to 23.7% in 2020. Refer to Note 10, Income Taxes, to the audited financial statements for further details on income taxes. Effects of Inflation Inflation did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. Inflationary pressures can result in increases to our cost structure. Certain large expense components such as compensation and distribution expenses are predominately variable and move in tandem with revenues. To the degree that these expense increases are not recoverable or cannot be counterbalanced through price increases due to the competitive environment, our profitability could be negatively impacted. In addition, the value of the fixed income assets that we manage may be negatively impacted when inflationary expectations result in a rising interest rate environment. Declines in the values of AUM could lead to reduced revenues as investment management fees are generally earned as a percentage of AUM. Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Our management uses non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Non-GAAP financial measures are used to supplement GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP results alone. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the underlying economics of our organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company. 68 Table of Contents Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP measures may differ from similar measures at other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify these measures. Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted EBITDA” and “Adjusted Net Income.” The following table sets forth a reconciliation from GAAP financial measures to non-GAAP measures for the periods indicated: Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 (in thousands) Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures: Net income (GAAP) .................................................................. $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Income tax expense ................................................................... (28,197) Income before income taxes................................................... $ 350,642 $ 278,540 $ 120,688 40,706 2,995 1,484 20,878 14,849 56,751 13,119 (2,683) Adjusted EBITDA ..................................................................... $ 449,000 $ 377,311 $ 268,787 Interest expense(1) ................................................................... Depreciation(2).......................................................................... Other business taxes(3) ............................................................ Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets(4)............ Share-based compensation(5) .................................................. Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(6) ............................... Debt issuance costs(7).............................................................. Losses (earnings) from equity method investments(8) ............. 33,724 3,551 (2,556) 12,830 15,020 29,463 6,546 193 24,285 6,209 1,657 12,631 13,110 34,546 5,589 331 (72,253) (66,018) (in thousands) Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures: Net income (GAAP) .................................................................. $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Adjustments to reflect the operating performance of the Company: 2019 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Other business taxes(3) ................................................... i. Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets(4) ... ii. Share-based compensation(5) ......................................... iii. Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(6) ....................... iv. Debt issuance costs(7) ..................................................... v. Tax effect of above adjustments(9) ........................................... 1,484 20,878 14,849 56,751 13,119 (26,769) Adjusted Net Income ............................................................... $ 329,039 $ 258,499 $ 172,803 Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(10) ................... $ 28,012 $ 26,992 $ 20,324 1,657 12,631 13,110 34,546 5,589 (16,883) (2,556) 12,830 15,020 29,463 6,546 (15,326) Adjustments made to GAAP Net Income to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, as applicable, are: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Adding back interest paid on debt and other financing costs, net of interest income. Adding back depreciation on property and equipment. Adding back other business taxes. Adding back amortization expense on acquisition-related intangible assets. Adding back share-based compensation associated with equity awards issued from pools created in connection with the management-led buyout and various acquisitions and as a result of equity grants related to the initial public offering (the “IPO”). Adding back direct incremental costs of acquisitions, including restructuring costs. Adding back debt issuance cost expense. Adjusting for losses (earnings) on equity method investments. Subtracting an estimate of income tax expense applied to the sum of the adjustments above. 69 Table of Contents (10) Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant economic benefit. The following table presents the components of acquisition, restructuring and exit costs for the periods indicated: (in thousands) Acquisition-related costs ............................................................. $ 16,262 Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business...................................................................................... Restructuring and integration costs ............................................ General and administrative ......................................................... Personnel compensation and benefits........................................ 13,800 2,578 — 1,906 Total acquisition, restructuring and exit costs ................... $ 34,546 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 $ 1,108 2019 $ 22,317 11,300 7,786 8,081 1,188 $ 29,463 19,886 8,678 4,249 1,621 $ 56,751 Liquidity, Capital Resources and Contractual Obligations Sources and Uses of Cash – We generate strong cash flows from operations that allow us to meet our cash requirements. Our primary uses of cash include: (i) repayment of our debt obligations, (ii) funding of acquisitions, (iii) payment of contingent consideration for previous acquisitions, and (iv) working capital needs. Cash flows from operations also allow us to meet certain other cash uses such as quarterly cash dividends and the repurchase of our Common Stock. We believe we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to continue to paydown our debt obligations as well as to continue focusing on acquisition candidates. The following table presents our liquidity position as of December 31, 2021 and 2020: December 31, December 31, (in thousands) Cash and cash equivalents(1) ................................. $ Accounts and other receivables(2) .......................... Undrawn commitment on revolving credit facility(3) .................................................................. Accounts and other payables(4).............................. 2021 69,533 $ 104,305 2020 22,744 88,182 100,000 (121,057) 100,000 (89,422) (1) (2) (3) (4) We manage our cash balances in order to fund our day-to-day operations and invest excess cash into money market funds and other short-term investments. Our accounts receivables consist primarily of investment management, fund administrative and distribution fees that have been earned but not yet received from clients. We perform a review of our receivables on a monthly basis to assess collectability. The balance at December 31, 2021 represents the Company’s undrawn $99.9 million revolving credit facility and a $0.1 million standby letter of credit used as collateral for THB’s real estate location. The revolving credit facility balance of $100.0 million was undrawn at December 31, 2020. Accounts and other payables consist primarily of various payables related to operations, transaction costs and interest payable on the term loan, as well as accrued compensation and benefits. Includes the required prinicipal amortization of 1.00% per annum related to the Company’s term loan. Excludes $36.6 million and $36.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, related to the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration that is expected to be paid over the next twelve month period resulting from the USAA AMCO Acquisition. 2019 Credit Agreement, 2020 and 2021 Debt Repricings and 2021 Incremental Term Loans - In conjunction with the USAA AMCO Acquisition, the Company entered into the 2019 Credit Agreement, dated July 1, 2019, and obtained a seven-year term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion. All indebtedness outstanding under the previous credit agreement was repaid and terminated as of July 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has repaid or repurchased and retired $453.8 million of the 70 Table of Contents outstanding term loans under the 2019 Credit Agreement. A total of $142.0 million of the outstanding term loans under the 2019 Credit Agreement was repaid in 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with our financial performance covenant. On January 17, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company refinanced the existing term loans (the “2019 Term Loans”) with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $952.0 (the “2020 Term Loans”). The 2020 Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the 2019 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the 2020 Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 75 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the 2020 Term Loans is 2.50%, compared to 3.25% under the 2019 Term Loans. The Company incurred costs of $0.9 million in 2020 related to the First Amendment which were recorded in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 11, Debt, for further information on the repricing. In April 2020, the Company established a trading account to opportunistically take advantage of potential short-term trading arbitrage with respect to our term loan. An alternative to principal prepayments, this allows us to buy back our outstanding term loan in the open market and retire the debt. This alternative is preferable to principal prepayments when our debt trades at a discount to par. In 2021, the Company did not utilize the trading account to buy back our outstanding term loan debt in the open market and retire it. On February 18, 2021, we entered into the Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement, as amended, with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company refinanced the 2020 Term Loans with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $755.7 (the “Repriced Term Loans”). The Repriced Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the 2020 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the Repriced Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 25 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the Repriced Term Loans is 2.25%, compared to 2.50% under the First Amendment. to the Third Amendment, On December 31, 2021, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”), dated as of July 1, 2019 (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2020, and the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2021) with the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time. Pursuant term loans (the “2021 Incremental Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million and used the proceeds to fund the WestEnd Acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of WestEnd and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will mature in 2028 and will bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at the option of the Company, either LIBOR (adjusted for reserves and subject to a 50 basis point floor) plus a margin of 2.25% or an alternate base rate plus a margin of 1.25%. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will amortize at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Subsequent to December 31, 2021, the Company reduced outstanding debt on the 2021 Incremental Term Loans by $65.0 million through prepayments. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, to the consolidated financial statements for further details on the WestEnd Acquisition, as well as Note 11, Debt, for further information on the 2019 Credit Agreement. the Company obtained incremental 2020 Swap Transaction - On March 27, 2020, the Company executed a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap transaction (“Swap”) to effectively fix the interest rate at 3.465% on $450 million of its outstanding Term Loan through the Term Loan maturity date of July 2026. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company lowered the spread on the Term Loan by 0.25% resulting in a new fixed rate of 3.215% on the $450 million of Term Loan subject to the Swap. At December 31, 2021, the $450 million notional value Swap had a fair value of $7.8 million, which was included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the three and twelve the Company reclassified a loss of $1.0 million and $3.6 million, months ended December 31, 2021, respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest expense and other financing costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2020, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Refer to Note 12, Derivatives, for further information on the Swap. tax, of $6.1 million and $13.5 million, respectively, the Company recognized a gain, net of 71 Table of Contents Contingent Consideration & Lease Obligations – At December 31, 2021, the Company had $308.5 million in contingent consideration that is estimated to be payable over the next two and four years resulting from the USAA AMCO and WestEnd Acquisitions, respectively. At December 31, 2021, the estimated fair value of the USAA AMCO Acquisition payments was $68.8 million, and a maximum of $75.0 million ($37.5 million per year) is potentially payable to the sellers. At December 31, 2021, the estimated fair value of the WestEnd Acquisition contingent payments was $239.7 million, and a maximum of $320.0 million ($80.0 million per year) is potentially payable to the sellers. At December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $19.7 million in future minimum rent commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, net of cash expected to be received under the sub-lease Capital Requirements – VCS is a registered broker-dealer subject to the Uniform Net Capital requirements under the Exchange Act, which requires maintenance of certain minimum net capital levels. In addition, we have certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that have minimum capital requirements. As a result, such subsidiaries of our Company may be restricted in their ability to transfer cash to their parents. VCS and our non-U.S. subsidiaries were in compliance with these requirements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Cash Flows – the following table is derived from our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. (in thousands) Net cash provided by operating activities................................................... $ 376,196 $ 250,616 $ 227,384 Net cash used in investing activities........ (849,812) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities................................................... (252,696) (556,588) (12,340) 227,217 608,016 2019 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Operating Activities 2021 compared to 2020 – Cash provided by operating activities was $376.2 million in 2021, compared to $250.6 million in 2020. The $125.6 million net increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to the combination of a $65.9 million increase in net income partially and a $67.2 million net increase in working capital as a result of timing of account payable and accrued expenses. Partially offsetting were adjustments for certain non-cash items totaling $7.5 million. 2020 compared to 2019 – Cash provided by operating activities was $250.6 million in 2020, compared to $227.4 million in 2019. The $23.2 million net increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $120.0 million increase in net income partially offset by a $113.4 million net decrease in working capital as a result of timing of accrued expenses and compensation. Also contributing were adjustments for certain non-cash items which contributed $16.6 million to the increase in cash provided by operating activities. The USAA AMCO Acquisition increased revenue and introduced new operating expenses that the Company did not incur prior to the acquisition, such as distribution costs paid to third parties and USAA, sub-transfer agent service costs, USAA 529 Education Savings Plan expenses, and direct member channel expenses. Investing Activities 2021 compared to 2020 – Cash used in investing activities increased by $544.3 million to $556.6 million in 2021, from $12.3 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to $539.3 million paid in cash in the fourth quarter of 2021 related to the November 1, 2021 and December 31, 2021 closings of the NEC and WestEnd acquisitions, respectively. 2020 compared to 2019 – Cash used in investing activities decreased by $837.5 million to $12.3 million in 2020, from $849.8 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to $851.3 million paid in cash at the July 1, 2019 closing of the USAA AMCO Acquisition. 72 Table of Contents Financing Activities 2021 compared to 2020 – Cash provided by financing activities increased $479.9 million to $227.2 million in 2021 compared to cash used in financing activities of $252.7 million in 2020. The increase was due to $502.5 million of net proceeds from the Incremental Term Loans received in 2021, which was partially offset by term loan prepayments, repurchases of our Common Stock, payment of dividends and payment of taxes related to settlement of equity awards and payment of consideration for acquisition of $142.0 million, $31.5 million, $37.2 million, $26.7 million and $37.5 million, respectively, during 2021. 2020 compared to 2019 – Cash used financing activities decreased $860.7 million to $252.7 million in 2020 compared to cash provided of $608.0 million in 2019. The decrease was due to $1,069.0 million of net proceeds from the 2019 Credit Agreement received in 2019, which was partially offset by the repayment and termination of the previous credit agreement (dated February 2018) of $280.0 million. The repurchase of our Class A common stock and payment of dividends contributed $29.9 million and $16.2 million, respectively, in cash used in financing activities during 2020. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP is based on the selection and application of accounting policies that require us to make significant estimates and assumptions that in certain circumstances affect amounts reported in the audited consolidated financial statements. In preparing these financial statements, our estimates and judgements are based on historical experience, information from third-party valuation professionals and various other assumptions, giving due consideration to materiality. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be critical to the understanding of our consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from our estimates and assumptions, and any such difference could be material to our consolidated financial statements. Significant accounting policies are described more fully in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to the audited consolidated financial statements. Business Combinations – We recognize and measure identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations as of the acquisition date at fair value. The process of determining the fair value of identifiable intangible assets at the date of acquisition utilizes an income approach and requires significant estimates and judgment as to expectations for earnings on the related managed assets acquired, redemption rates, growth rates from sales efforts, the effects of market conditions and a discount rate. The process for estimating the fair value of acquired trade names considers comparable royalty rates and projected revenue streams. We typically utilize an independent valuation expert to assist with these valuations. We recognize and measure contingent consideration liabilities at fair value as of the acquisition date using an option pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation. These valuations require significant estimates and judgments related to projected revenue growth rates, adjustments for market-based risk, volatility and discount rates. The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities is remeasured at each reporting period, typically using the same methodology used to determine the acquisition date fair value. Any change in the fair value estimate subsequent to the acquisition date is recorded in the earnings of that period. Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets – The accounting for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets requires significant estimates and judgment in the ongoing evaluation for impairment, and for indefinite- lived intangible assets, reconsideration of an asset’s useful life. Changes in these assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the Company's use of the acquired assets in a business combination or strategy for the Company's overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant decreases in the Company’s market capitalization. The Company conducts the annual impairment assessment as of October 1st and uses a qualitative approach to test for potential impairment of goodwill. If, after considering various factors, management determines that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. A goodwill impairment charge is recognized for the amount 73 Table of Contents by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The assumptions used to estimate fair value include management's estimates of future growth rates, operating cash flows, discount rates and terminal value. These assumptions and estimates can change in future periods based on market movement and factors impacting the expected business performance. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of our fair value. Because the advisory, distribution and transfer agent contracts are with the funds, renewable annually and have a history of being renewed, industry practice under GAAP is to consider the contract lives to be indefinite and, as a result, not amortizable. For these fund contracts as well as the trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets, we consider (i) macroeconomic and entity-specific factors, including changes to legal, regulatory or contractual provisions of the renewable advisory and distribution contracts, (ii) the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors that could impact the funds’ projected performance and (iii) the existence or expectation of significant changes in the level and mix of managed assets. In addition, for indefinite-lived intangible assets, we consider whether events or circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. Indicators monitored by us that may indicate an indefinite useful life is no longer supported generally include (i) changes in the use of the asset, (ii) a significant decline in the level of managed assets and (iii) significant reductions in underlying operating cash flows. testing Indefinite-lived intangible assets are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of impairment if they operate as a single asset and represent as a group the highest and best use of the assets. If actual changes in the underlying managed assets or other conditions, such as redemption rates or changes to contractual provisions, indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired, or if the estimated useful life is reduced, we perform a quantitative approach to estimate the fair value of the intangible asset. The process of estimating the fair value of the intangible asset requires us to estimate the level and mix of managed assets, considering future redemption rates, growth rates, market appreciation/depreciation and a discount rate. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment charge equal to that excess. ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES REGARDING MARKET RISK. Market Risk – Substantially all of our revenues are derived from investment management, fund administration and distribution fees, which are primarily based on the market value of our AUM. Accordingly, our revenues and net income may decline as a result of our AUM decreasing due to depreciation of our investment portfolios. In addition, such depreciation could cause our clients to withdraw their assets in favor of other investment alternatives that they perceive to offer higher returns or lower risk, which could cause our revenues and net income to decline further. The value of our AUM was approximately $184 billion at December 31, 2021. A 10% increase or decrease in the value of our AUM, if proportionately distributed over all of our strategies, products and client relationships, would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $103.0 million at our weighted-average fee rate of 56 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021. Because of declining fee rates from larger relationships and differences in our fee rates across investment strategies, a change in the composition of our AUM, in particular, an increase in the proportion of our total AUM attributable to strategies, clients or relationships with lower effective fee rates, could have a material negative impact on our overall weighted-average fee rate. The same 10% increase or decrease in the value of our total AUM, if attributed entirely to a proportionate increase or decrease in the AUM of the Victory Funds and USAA Funds, to which we provide a range of services in addition to those provided to institutional separate accounts, would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $114.1 million at the Victory Funds’ and USAA Funds’ aggregate weighted-average fee rate of 62 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021. If the same 10% increase or decrease in the value of our total AUM was attributable entirely to a proportionate increase or decrease in the assets of our institutional separate accounts, it would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $64.4 million at the weighted-average fee rate across all of our institutional separate accounts of 35 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021. As is customary in the investment management industry, clients invest in particular strategies to gain exposure to certain asset classes, which exposes their investment to the benefits and risks of those asset classes. We believe our clients invest in each of our strategies in order to gain exposure to the portfolio securities of the 74 Table of Contents respective strategies and may implement their own risk management program or procedures. We have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy regarding client assets, nor have we attempted to hedge at the corporate level or within individual strategies the market risks that would affect the value of our overall AUM and related revenues. Some of these risks, such as sector and currency risks, are inherent in certain strategies, and clients may invest in particular strategies to gain exposure to particular risks. While negative returns in our strategies and net client cash outflows do not directly reduce the assets on our balance sheet (because the assets we manage are owned by our clients, not us), any reduction in the value of our AUM would result in a reduction in our revenues. Exchange Rate Risk – A portion of the accounts that we advise hold investments that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent our AUM are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the value of that AUM will decrease with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, or increase with a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar. Each investment team monitors its own exposure to exchange rate risk and makes decisions on how to manage that risk in the portfolios they manage. We believe many of our clients invest in those strategies in order to gain exposure to non-U.S. currencies, or may implement their own hedging programs. As a result, we generally do not hedge an investment portfolio’s exposure to non-U.S. currency. We have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy to manage this exchange rate risk. Assuming 10% of our AUM are invested in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and excluding the impact of any hedging arrangement, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar would decrease or increase the fair value of our AUM by approximately $1.8 billion, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $10.1 million at our weighted-average fee rate for the business of 56 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021. We operate in several foreign countries and incur operating expenses associated with these operations. In addition, we have revenue and revenue-sharing arrangements that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies. We do not believe foreign currency fluctuations materially affect our results of operations. Interest Rate Risk – Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. On March 27, 2020, the Company executed the Swap, a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap transaction, to effectively fix the interest rate at 3.465% on $450 million of its outstanding Term Loan through the Term Loan maturity date of July 2026. On February 18, 2021, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company lowered the spread on the Term Loan by 0.25% resulting in a new fixed rate of 3.215% on the $450 million of Term Loan subject to the Swap. Refer to Note 12, Derivatives, for further information on the Swap. At December 31, 2021, we were exposed to interest rate risk as a result of the unhedged amounts outstanding under the 2019 Credit Agreement, as amended. Refer to Note 11, Debt, for a description of the amounts outstanding as of such date and the applicable interest rate. 75 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Basis for the Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013. Cleveland, Ohio March 14, 2022 76 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except for shares) Assets Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................... $ Investment management fees receivable................................ Fund administration and distribution fees receivable .............. Other receivables .................................................................... Prepaid expenses.................................................................... Investments in proprietary funds, at fair value......................... Deferred compensation plan investments, at fair value .......... Property and equipment, net ................................................... Goodwill................................................................................... Other intangible assets, net..................................................... Other assets ............................................................................ Total assets................................................................................. $ Liabilities and stockholders' equity Accounts payable and accrued expenses............................... $ Accrued compensation and benefits ....................................... Consideration payable for acquisition of business .................. Deferred compensation plan liability ....................................... Deferred tax liability, net.......................................................... Other liabilities......................................................................... Long-term debt, net ................................................................. Total liabilities ............................................................................ Stockholders' equity Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 2021 - 600,000,000 shares authorized, 77,242,372 shares issued and 68,662,779 shares outstanding; 2020 - 400,000,000 shares authorized, 19,388,671 shares issued and 16,205,689 shares outstanding ............................................... Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 2021 - 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; 2020 - 200,000,000 shares authorized, 54,766,934 shares issued and 51,336,177 shares outstanding ........................................ Additional paid-in capital ......................................................... Class A treasury stock, at cost: 2021 - 8,579,593 shares; 2020 - 3,182,982 shares ......................................................... Class B treasury stock, at cost: 2021 - 0 shares; 2020 - 3,430,757 shares..................................................................... Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)................... Retained earnings ................................................................... Total stockholders' equity ......................................................... Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ................................. $ December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ $ $ 69,533 80,634 17,123 6,548 6,654 912 30,812 25,295 981,805 1,349,797 10,633 2,579,746 62,102 53,905 309,380 30,812 63,120 2,576 1,127,924 1,649,819 22,744 67,957 16,971 3,254 6,082 922 22,571 18,747 404,750 1,162,641 4,090 1,730,729 42,144 47,278 92,500 22,571 37,684 12,002 769,009 1,023,188 772 194 — 673,572 548 647,602 (153,200) (47,844) — 5,972 402,811 929,927 2,579,746 $ (47,080) (7,460) 161,581 707,541 1,730,729 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 77 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except for shares) Year Ended December 31, 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Revenue Investment management fees ............................................ $ Fund administration and distribution fees........................... Total revenue ............................................................... $ 674,539 215,726 890,265 $ 562,036 213,315 775,351 466,802 145,571 612,373 Expenses Personnel compensation and benefits ............................... Distribution and other asset-based expenses .................... General and administrative ................................................ Depreciation and amortization............................................ Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business ......................................................................... Acquisition-related costs .................................................... Restructuring and integration costs.................................... Total operating expenses ........................................... Income from operations ....................................................... 234,833 176,385 53,722 18,840 13,800 16,262 2,578 516,420 373,845 197,158 175,687 51,218 16,381 11,300 1,108 7,786 460,638 314,713 179,809 146,622 46,568 23,873 19,886 22,317 8,678 447,753 164,620 Other income (expense) Interest income and other income (expense) ..................... Interest expense and other financing costs........................ Loss on debt extinguishment.............................................. Total other income (expense), net ............................. 6,045 (24,652) (4,596) (23,203) 3,703 (37,005) (2,871) (36,173) 6,829 (40,901) (9,860) (43,932) Income before income taxes ................................................ 350,642 278,540 120,688 Income tax expense .............................................................. (72,253) (66,018) (28,197) Net income ............................................................................. $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Earnings per share of common stock Basic................................................................................... $ Diluted ................................................................................ $ 4.10 3.75 $ $ 3.14 2.88 $ $ 1.37 1.26 Weighted average number of shares outstanding Basic................................................................................... Diluted ................................................................................ 67,976 74,151 67,710 73,719 67,616 73,466 Dividends declared per share of common stock ............... $ 0.53 $ 0.23 $ 0.10 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 78 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (in thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Net income ........................................................................ $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Net unrealized income (loss) on cash flow hedges ....... Net unrealized income (loss) on foreign currency translation...................................................................... Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax........................................................................ 13,468 (7,573) (36) 113 13,432 (7,460) — 24 24 Comprehensive income................................................... $ 291,821 $ 205,062 $ 92,515 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 79 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands) Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Paid-In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Common Stock Class B Common Stock Class B Capital Income (Loss) Retained Earnings (Deficit) Total Balance, December 31, 2018.................. $ 153 $ 553 $ (8,045) $ (21,719) $ 604,401 $ (86) $ (119,709) $ 455,548 Issuance of shares ............................. Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock................................... Repurchase of shares ........................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards ............... Vesting of restricted share grants ...... Exercise of options............................. Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-01 and 2018-02......................... Other comprehensive income ............ Share-based compensation ............... Dividends paid.................................... Net income ......................................... Balance, December 31, 2019.................. $ Issuance of shares ............................. Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock................................... Repurchase of shares ........................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards ............... Vesting of restricted share grants ...... Exercise of options............................. Other comprehensive loss ................. Stock-based compensation................ Dividends paid.................................... Net income ......................................... Balance, December 31, 2020.................. $ Issuance of shares ............................. Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock................................... Repurchase of shares ........................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards ............... Vesting of restricted share grants ...... Exercise of options............................. Elimination of Class B share class ..... Other comprehensive income ............ Stock-based compensation................ Dividends paid.................................... Net income ......................................... Balance, December 31, 2021.................. $ — 28 — — — — — — — — — 181 $ 1 12 — — — — — — — — 194 $ — 66 — — — 1 511 — — — — 772 $ — (28) — — — (13,479) — 4 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (9,667) — — — — — — — 62 — — — (4) 4,004 — — 16,303 — — 539 $ (21,524) $ (31,386) $ 624,766 $ — (12) — — 11 10 — — — — — — (26,320) — — — — (15,694) — — — — — — — — — — — — 134 — — — (11 ) 4,617 — 18,096 — — 548 $ (47,844) $ (47,080) $ 647,602 $ — (66) — — — (26,150) — — — 254 — — — 16 13 (511 ) — — — — — $ (153,200) $ (1,721) — — (77,485) — — — — (30,405) — — 77,485 — — — — — $ 673,572 $ — (16 ) 8,107 — — 17,625 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 62 — (13,479) (9,667) — 4,014 — 62 24 24 — 16,303 — (7,425) — 92,491 — $ (34,705) $ 537,871 (62 ) — — (7,425) 92,491 — — — — — — 135 — (26,320) — — — (7,460) — — — — (15,694) — — — 4,627 — (7,460) — 18,096 (16,236) (16,236) 212,522 212,522 (7,460) $ 161,581 $ 707,541 — — — — — — 254 — (26,150) — — — — 13,432 — — — — (32,126) — — — 8,121 — — — 13,432 — 17,625 (37,159) (37,159) 278,389 278,389 5,972 $ 402,811 $ 929,927 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 80 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities Net income............................................................................................................................................ $ Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Provision for deferred income taxes .............................................................................................. Depreciation and amortization ....................................................................................................... Deferred financing costs and derivative and accretion expense ................................................... Share-based and deferred compensation ..................................................................................... Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations......................................................... Unrealized appreciation on investments........................................................................................ Loss (gain) on equity method investment ...................................................................................... Loss on debt extinguishment ......................................................................................................... Loss on disposal of property and equipment due to restructuring ................................................. Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Investment management fees receivable ............................................................................... Fund administration and distribution fees receivable.............................................................. Other receivables.................................................................................................................... Prepaid expenses ................................................................................................................... Other assets ........................................................................................................................... Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............................................................................. Accrued compensation and benefits....................................................................................... Deferred compensation plan liability....................................................................................... Other liabilities ........................................................................................................................ Net cash provided by operating activities ............................................................................................. Cash flows from investing activities Purchases of property and equipment........................................................................................... Purchases of deferred compensation plan investments ................................................................ Sales of deferred compensation plan investments ........................................................................ Purchases of proprietary funds...................................................................................................... Sales of proprietary funds.............................................................................................................. (Purchase) sale of equity method investment................................................................................ Acquisition of business and assets, net of cash acquired ............................................................. Net cash used in investing activities ..................................................................................................... Cash flows from financing activities Issuance of common stock ............................................................................................................ Repurchase of common stock ....................................................................................................... Payments of taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards ............................................ Proceeds from long-term senior debt, net ..................................................................................... Payment of debt financing fees ..................................................................................................... Repayment and repurchases of long-term senior debt.................................................................. Repayment of promissory note...................................................................................................... Payment of dividends .................................................................................................................... Payment of consideration for acquisition ....................................................................................... Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities............................................................................... Year Ended 2021 Year Ended 2020 Year Ended 2019 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 19,488 18,840 3,430 26,498 13,800 (3,557 ) 331 4,596 — (8,000 ) (104 ) (1,624 ) (305 ) 402 19,442 5,148 (633 ) 55 376,196 (12,674 ) (14,375 ) 9,662 (176 ) 215 — (539,240 ) (556,588 ) 8,375 (31,533 ) (26,694 ) 502,475 (8,747 ) (142,000 ) — (37,159 ) (37,500 ) 227,217 34,599 16,381 4,468 22,519 11,300 (1,658 ) 193 2,871 263 6,364 2,342 (3,075 ) (1,230 ) (11 ) (47,255 ) (7,620 ) (157 ) (2,200 ) 250,616 (8,059 ) (6,777 ) 4,063 (551 ) 507 (1,523 ) — (12,340 ) 4,762 (29,875 ) (12,109 ) — — (162,387 ) — (16,236 ) (36,851 ) (252,696 ) (745 ) 23,873 3,892 22,124 19,886 (1,887 ) (2,683 ) 9,860 — (10,988 ) (11,380 ) 322 (2,141 ) (836 ) 64,261 18,700 (236 ) 2,871 227,384 (5,239 ) (6,594 ) 2,749 (182 ) 158 10,572 (851,276 ) (849,812 ) 4,076 (15,535 ) (7,659 ) 1,088,503 (19,820 ) (428,000 ) (96 ) (7,436 ) (6,017 ) 608,016 Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents.......................................... (36 ) 43 42 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................ Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .................................................................................. Cash and cash equivalents, end of period............................................................................................ $ 46,789 22,744 69,533 Supplemental cash flow information Cash paid for interest..................................................................................................................... $ Cash paid for income taxes ........................................................................................................... 18,768 55,153 (14,377 ) 37,121 22,744 38,687 37,812 $ $ (14,370 ) 51,491 37,121 23,454 24,634 $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 81 Table of Contents VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to as “the Company” or “Victory”) was formed on February 13, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring Victory Capital Management Inc. (“VCM”) and Victory Capital Services, Inc. (“VCS”), formerly known as Victory Capital Advisers, Inc., which occurred on August 1, 2013. On and effective July 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition (the “USAA AMCO Acquisition” or “USAA AMCO”) of USAA Asset Management Company (“USAA Adviser”) and Victory Capital Transfer Agency, Inc. (“VCTA”), formally known as the USAA Transfer Agency Company d/b/a USAA Shareholder Account Services. The USAA AMCO Acquisition includes USAA’s mutual fund and exchange traded fund (“ETF”) businesses and its 529 Education Savings Plan (collectively, the “USAA Mutual Fund Business”). Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the acquisition. funds, VCM is a registered investment adviser managing assets through mutual institutional separate accounts, separately managed account products, unified managed account products, collective trust funds, private funds, undertakings for the collective investment in transferrable securities, other pooled vehicles and ETFs. VCM also provides mutual fund administrative services for the Victory Portfolios, Victory Variable Insurance Funds and the mutual fund series of the Victory Portfolios II (collectively, the “Victory Funds”), a family of open-end mutual funds, the VictoryShares (the Company’s ETF brand), as well as the USAA Mutual Fund Business, which includes the USAA Mutual Fund Trust, a family of open-end mutual funds (the “USAA Funds”). Additionally, VCM employs all of the Company’s United States investment professionals across its Franchises and Solutions, which are not separate legal entities. VCM’s wholly-owned subsidiaries include RS Investment Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., RS Investments (Hong Kong) Limited, RS Investments (UK) Limited, Victory Capital Digital Assets, LLC and NEC Pipeline LLC. VCS is registered with the SEC as an introducing broker-dealer and serves as distributor and underwriter for the Victory Funds, the USAA Funds and the USAA 529 Education Savings Plan as well as placement agent for certain private funds managed by VCM. VCTA is registered with the SEC as a transfer agent for the USAA Funds. On March 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of THB Asset Management (“THB”), resulting in THB becoming the Company’s tenth investment franchise. THB manages responsible investment portfolios in the micro-cap, small-cap and mid-cap asset classes, including U.S., global and international strategies. At March 1, 2021, the THB AUM that was acquired totaled $547 million. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the acquisition. On November 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of New Energy Capital Partners (“NEC”), resulting in NEC becoming the Company’s eleventh investment franchise. Founded in 2004 and based in Hanover, New Hampshire, NEC is an alternative asset management firm focused on debt and equity investments in clean energy infrastructure projects and companies. At November 1, 2021, the NEC AUM that was acquired totaled $795 million. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the acquisition. On December 31, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of WestEnd Advisors, LLC (“WestEnd”), resulting in WestEnd becoming the Company’s twelfth investment franchise. Founded in 2004, and headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, WestEnd is an ETF strategist advisor that provides financial advisors with a turnkey, core model allocation strategy for either a holistic solution or complementary source of alpha. The firm offers four primary ETF strategies and one large cap core strategy, all in tax efficient Separately Managed Account (SMA) structures. At December 31, 2021, the WestEnd AUM that was acquired totaled $19.3 billion. WestEnd is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and is the Company’s second registered investment adviser. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details on the acquisition. Changes in Capital Structure On February 12, 2018, the Company completed the initial public offering (“IPO”) of its Class A common stock. The Company issued 11,700,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $13.00 per share at the 82 Table of Contents closing of the IPO. On March 13, 2018, the Company issued an additional 1,110,860 shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their option. All shares of common stock outstanding prior to the IPO were immediately converted into Class B common stock at a one-to-one ratio. On September 27, 2021, the Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company’s corporate charter and bylaws to eliminate the Company’s dual-class share structure. On November 19, 2021, the Company’s stockholders voted on and approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”), as amended, to eliminate the Company’s dual-class stock structure. The Amendment (i) converted all the shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Conversion”), (ii) deleted provisions no longer applicable following the Conversion, (iii) renamed our Class A Common Stock as “Common Stock.” On July 1, 2019, concurrent with the USAA AMCO Acquisition, the Company (i) entered into the 2019 Credit Agreement, (ii) repaid all indebtedness outstanding under the 2018 Credit Agreement and (iii) terminated the 2018 Credit Agreement. The 2019 Credit Agreement was entered into among the Company, as borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, pursuant to which the Company obtained seven-year term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion and established a five-year revolving credit facility (which was unfunded as of the closing date) with aggregate commitments of $100.0 million. On January 17, 2020, the Company entered into the First Amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company refinanced the existing term loans (the “2019 Term Loans”) with replacement term loans (the “2020 Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $952.0 million. The 2020 Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the 2019 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the 2020 Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) of 75 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the 2020 Term Loans is 2.50%, compared to 3.25% under the 2019 Term Loans. On February 18, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement, as amended, with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company refinanced the 2020 Term Loans with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $755.7 (the “Repriced Term Loans”). The Repriced Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the 2020 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the Repriced Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 25 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the Repriced Term Loans is 2.25%, compared to 2.50% under the 2020 Terms Loans. On December 31, 2021, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”), dated as of July 1, 2019 (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2020, and the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2021) with the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time. Pursuant term loans (the “2021 Incremental Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million and used the proceeds to fund the WestEnd Acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of WestEnd and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will mature in 2028 and will bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at the option of the Company, either LIBOR (adjusted for reserves and subject to a 50 basis point floor) plus a margin of 2.25% or an alternate base rate plus a margin of 1.25%. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will amortize at a rate of 1.00% per annum. the Company obtained incremental to the Third Amendment, Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further information on the USAA AMCO and WestEnd Acquisitions and Note 11, Debt, for additional information on the Company’s debt structure. 83 Table of Contents NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). On November 19, 2021, the Company’s stockholders voted on and approved the Amendment eliminating the Company’s dual-class stock structure. Upon the filing of the Amendment on November 23, 2021, all the shares of Class B common stock were converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and the Company’s Class A common stock was renamed as “Common Stock.” All references within this document to Class A common stock for periods prior to November 23, 2021 have been updated for the renaming. Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the operations of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of all significant intercompany transactions and balances. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. The Company evaluates entities in which it invests and investment funds that it sponsors to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in these entities and is required to consolidate them. A controlling financial interest generally exists if (i) the Company holds greater than 50% voting interest in entities controlled through voting interests or if (ii) the Company has the ability to direct significant activities of a fund not controlled through voting interests (a variable interest entity or VIE) and the obligation to absorb losses of and/or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. fund compliance, fund administration, The Company’s involvement with non-consolidated sponsored investment funds that are considered VIEs fund include providing investment advisory, distribution services and other management services and/or holding a minority interest. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company's investments in and maximum risk of loss related to unconsolidated sponsored VIE investment funds totaled $29.6 million and $22.9 million, respectively which are included in investments in proprietary funds and deferred compensation plan investments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial support to these entities outside the ordinary course of business, which includes assuming operating expenses of funds for competitive or contractual reasons through fee waivers and fund expense reimbursements. The Company does not consolidate the sponsored investment funds in which it has an equity investment as it holds a minority interest, does not direct significant activities of these funds and does not have the right to receive benefits nor the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to these funds. fund transfer agent, Upon the completion of the NEC Acquisition on November 1, 2021, VCM became the manager of certain general partner entities associated with the NEC Funds. The Company has no equity investment in these general partner entities, which are non-consolidated VIEs, nor in the NEC Funds and has no share of these general partner entities’ income or losses. On September 20, 2020, in Alderwood Partners LLP the Company acquired a 15% equity interest (“Alderwood”) and made a capital contribution of $1.5 million in cash. Alderwood’s operating entity, Alderwood Capital, is a London-based investment advisory firm focused on taking minority stakes in specialist boutique asset management businesses. The Company analyzed its investment in Alderwood under the voting interest model and determined that it would not consolidate Alderwood as it does not have a controlling financial interest. Refer to Note 13, Equity Method Investment, for further information. During 2019, the Company’s involvement with other non-consolidated VIEs included an equity method investment in Cerebellum Capital, LLC (“Cerebellum”). The Company sold 100% of its equity investment in Cerebellum in the third quarter of 2019. 84 Table of Contents The Company applies the equity method of accounting to investments where it does not hold a controlling equity interest, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial matters. In the event that management identifies an other than temporary decline in the estimated fair value of an equity method investment to an amount below its carrying value, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value. Use of Estimates and Assumptions The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates and the differences may be material. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. Financial markets experienced significant declines during the first quarter of 2020, although certain markets, including domestic equity securities, experienced recoveries that more than offset the first quarter decline. While COVID-19 did not have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial results, the extent to which the pandemic impacts our business, operations and financial results going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; the impact of the pandemic on economic activity and actions taken in response; and the effect on our ability to sell and provide our services. Revenue Recognition The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company’s revenue includes fees earned from providing investment management services, fund administration services, fund compliance, fund transfer agent services and fund distribution services. Revenue is recognized for each distinct performance obligation identified in customer contracts when the performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring services to a customer either over time or at the point in time when the customer obtains control of the service. Revenue is recognized in the amount of variable or fixed consideration allocated to the satisfied performance obligation that Victory expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring services to a customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price only when it is probable that a significant reversal of such revenue will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. For further information on the Company’s various streams of revenue, refer to Note 3, Revenue. Distribution and Other Asset-Based Expenses Distribution and other asset-based expenses include (i) broker dealer distribution fees, (ii) platform distribution fees, (iii) sub-administration, third party sub-transfer agent and sub-advisory expenses. These expenses are accrued on a monthly basis and are generally calculated as a percentage of AUM and vary as levels of AUM change from inflows, outflows and market movement and with the number of days in the month. Also included in distribution and other asset-based expenses are middle office expenses. Middle office expenses are accrued on a monthly basis and vary with changes in mutual fund, institutional and wrap separate account AUM levels, the number of accounts and volume of account transaction activity. Restructuring and Integration Costs In connection with business combinations, asset purchases and changes in business strategy, the Company incurs costs integrating investment platforms, products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and restructuring the business to capture operating expense synergies. 85 Table of Contents These costs include severance-related expenses related to one-time benefit arrangements and contract termination costs. A liability for restructuring costs is recognized only after management has developed a formal plan to which it has committed. The costs included in the restructuring liability are those costs that are either incremental or incurred as a direct result of the plan, or are the result of a continuing contractual obligation with no continuing economic benefit to the Company, or a penalty incurred to cancel the contractual obligation. Severance expense is recorded when management has committed to a plan for a reduction in workforce, the plan has been communicated to employees and it is unlikely that there will be significant changes to the plan. Contract termination liabilities are recorded for contract termination costs when the Company terminates a contract or stops using the product or service covered by the contract. Contract termination liabilities are recognized and measured at fair value. Contract termination costs are recorded in restructuring and integration costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at banks, money market accounts and funds and short-term liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. For the Company and certain subsidiaries, cash deposits at a financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. Investments Investments in Proprietary Funds Investments in proprietary funds include investments in affiliated mutual funds and are recorded in investments in proprietary funds, at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in fair value are recognized in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The cost of securities sold is determined using the specific identification method. Dividend income is accrued on the declaration date and is included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. is other-than-temporary. Factors The Company periodically reviews each individual security that is in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment that are considered in determining whether other-than-temporary declines in value have occurred include the severity and duration of the unrealized loss and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a length of time sufficient to allow for recovery of such unrealized losses. Impairment charges are recorded in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No impairments were recognized as a result of such review in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Deferred Compensation Plan Investments Deferred compensation plan investments include investments in affiliated and third party mutual funds held in a rabbi trust under a deferred compensation plan. Deferred compensation plan investments are recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in value in deferred compensation plan investments are recognized by the Company in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company's investments in proprietary funds and deferred compensation plan investments are valued through the use of quoted market prices available in an active market, which is the net asset value of the funds. Derivative Financial Instruments On March 27, 2020, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction (the “Swap”) to manage interest rate risk associated with a portion of its floating-rate long-term debt. The Company does not purchase or hold any derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Under the terms of the Swap, the 86 Table of Contents Company pays interest at a fixed rate of interest and receive interest that varies with the three-month LIBOR rate. The notional value, fixed rate of interest and expiration date of the Swap as of December 31, 2021 were $450 million – 0.965% – July 1, 2026. The designation of a derivative instrument as a hedge and its ability to meet the hedge accounting criteria determine how the Company reflects the change in fair value of the derivative instrument. A derivative qualifies for hedge accounting treatment if, at inception, it meets defined correlation and effectiveness criteria. These criteria require that the hedging instrument substantially offset those of the position being hedged. The Swap is assessed for effectiveness and continued qualification for hedge accounting on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and since inception, the Swap was deemed to be highly effective. the anticipated cash flows and/or changes in fair value of The Swap is designated as a cash flow hedge. Accordingly, the Swap is measured at fair value with mark-to- market gains or losses deferred and included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”), net of tax, to the extent the hedge is determined to be effective. Gains or losses from the Swap are reclassified to interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Refer to Note 12, Derivatives, for further information. Property and Equipment Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to ten years. Improvements to leased property are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the improvements or the term of the applicable lease. When assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses resulting from the sale or disposal of assets as part of a restructuring plan are included in restructuring and integration costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The cost of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Equipment and leasehold improvements are tested for impairment whenever changes in facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Segment Reporting The Company operates in one business segment that provides investment management services and products to institutional, intermediary, retirement platforms and individual investors. Our determination that we had one operating segment is based on the fact that the Chief Operating Decision Maker reviews the Company's financial performance on an aggregate level. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess cost of the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. For goodwill impairment testing purposes, the Company has determined that there is only one reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if facts and circumstances review include indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Factors that could trigger an impairment underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the Company's use of the acquired assets in a business combination or strategy for the Company's overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant decreases in the Company’s market impairment assessment as of October 1st and uses a capitalization. The Company conducts the annual qualitative approach to test If, after considering various factors, management determines that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. A goodwill impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The assumptions used to estimate fair value include management's estimates of future growth rates, operating cash flows, discount rates and terminal value. These assumptions and estimates can change in future periods based on market movement and factors impairment of goodwill. for potential 87 Table of Contents impacting the expected business performance. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of our fair value. Intangible Assets Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially recognized and measured at fair value. Intangible assets acquired by the Company outside of a business combination are initially recognized and measured based on the Company's cost to acquire the intangible assets. If a group of assets is acquired, the cost is allocated to individual assets based on their relative fair value. In valuing these assets, we make assumptions regarding useful lives and projected growth rates, and significant judgment is required. Definite-lived intangible assets represent the value of acquired customer relationships in or with institutional separate accounts, collective funds, intermediary wrap separate account (wrap SMA), unified managed account/model (UMA) intermediaries and private funds. Definite-lived intangible assets also include intellectual property, advisory contracts that do not have a sufficient history of annual renewal, definite-lived trade name assets, lease-related assets and non-competition agreements. The Company amortizes definite-lived identifiable intangible assets on a straight-line basis over a period that is shorter than the asset's economic life as the pattern of economic benefit cannot be reliably determined. Management periodically evaluates the remaining useful lives and carrying values of the intangible assets to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that a change in the useful life or impairment in value may have occurred. Indicators of impairment monitored by management include a decline in the level of managed assets, changes to contractual provisions underlying certain intangible assets and reductions in underlying operating cash flows. Should there be an indication of a change in the useful life or impairment in value of the definite-lived intangible assets, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the underlying asset over its remaining useful life to determine whether impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the asset is written down to its fair value determined using discounted cash flows. The Company writes off the cost and accumulated amortization balances for all fully amortized intangible assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets include trade names and contracts for fund advisory, distribution and transfer agent services where the Company expects to, and has the ability to continue to manage these funds indefinitely, the contracts have annual renewal provisions, and there is a high likelihood of continued renewal based on historical experience. Trade names are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets when they are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1st using a qualitative approach which requires that positive and negative evidence collected as a result of considering various factors be weighed in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. In addition, periodically management reconsiders whether events or circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. Indicators monitored by management that may indicate an indefinite useful life is no longer supported include a significant decline in the level of managed assets, changes to legal, regulatory or contractual provisions of the renewable investment advisory contracts and reductions in underlying operating cash flows. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing impairment if they operate as a single asset and represent as a group the highest and best use of the assets. If the qualitative approach indicates that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, the Company estimates the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and compares it to the book value of the asset to determine whether an impairment charge is necessary. Impairment is indicated when the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. 88 Table of Contents Investment Management Fees Receivable and Fund Administration and Distribution Fees Receivable Investment management fees receivable include investment management fees due from the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and other pooled funds sponsored by Victory and investment management fees due from non-affiliated parties. Fund administration and distribution fees receivable include administration, compliance and distribution fees due from the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares and transfer agent fees due from the USAA Funds and sub-transfer agent fees due from the Victory Funds. Provision for credit losses on these receivables is made in amounts required to maintain an adequate allowance to cover anticipated losses. All investment management fees receivable and fund administration and distribution fees receivable were determined to be collectible as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and accordingly, no reserve for credit losses and no provision for credit losses were recognized as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Other Receivables Other receivables primarily include income and other taxes receivable and were determined to be collectible as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Share-Based Compensation Arrangements Compensation expense related to share-based payments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value of each option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model incorporates assumptions as to dividend yield, expected volatility, an appropriate risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the option. The fair value of restricted share awards with service based vesting conditions and performance based vesting conditions is based on the market price of our stock on the date of grant. The fair value of restricted share awards subject to market conditions is estimated based on a probability-weighted expected value analysis. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the total vesting period of the award for the service portion of restricted share awards and stock option awards. Compensation expense is recognized on an accelerated basis over the derived service period for awards that vest based on market conditions and on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period for awards with performance conditions if it is probable that the performance conditions will be satisfied. Compensation expense is adjusted for actual forfeitures in the period the forfeiture occurs. The corresponding credit for restricted share and stock option compensation expense is recorded to additional paid in capital. When changes are made to the terms of an equity award that result in a change in the fair value of the equity award immediately before and after the change, the Company applies modification accounting, treating the change as an exchange of the original award for a new award. The calculation of the incremental value associated with the modified award is based on the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award measured immediately before its terms are modified. Earnings Per Share The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is similar to basic earnings per share, but adjusts for the dilutive effect of the potential issuance of incremental shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company had vested and unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock grants outstanding during the periods presented and applies the treasury stock method to these securities in its calculation of diluted earnings per share. The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds of exercise are used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. The Company does not have any participating securities that would require the use of the two-class method of computing earnings per share. 89 Table of Contents Deferred Financing Fees The costs of obtaining term loan financing are capitalized in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortized to interest expense and other financing costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the term of the respective financing using the effective interest method. The costs of obtaining revolving line of credit financing are capitalized in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortized to interest expense and other financing costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility. The Company expenses the portion of unamortized debt financing costs associated with paydowns of principal in excess of required loan amortization payments. Management considers this debt to be partially settled. Deferred financing costs expensed due to partial settlements of debt are recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Debt Modification Gains and losses on debt modifications that are considered extinguishments are recognized in current earnings. Debt modifications that are not considered extinguishments are accounted for prospectively through yield adjustments, based on the revised terms. Legal fees and other costs incurred with third parties that are directly related to debt modifications are expensed as incurred and generally are included in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company expensed $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $4.4 million in costs related to debt modifications in 2021, 2020 and 2019. The analysis as to whether a modification of debt is an extinguishment or modification is performed on a creditor-by-creditor basis. Refer to Note 11, Debt, for further information on debt refinancings and modifications. Leases The Company currently leases office space and equipment under various leasing arrangements. As these leases expire, it can be expected that in the normal course of business they will be renewed or replaced. Leases are classified as either capital leases or operating leases, as appropriate. Lease agreements that are classified as operating leases may contain renewal options, rent escalation clauses or other inducements provided by the landlord. Rent expense is accrued to recognize lease escalation provisions and inducements provided by the landlord, if any, on a straight-line basis over the lease term commencing when we obtain the right to control the use of the leased property. Rent expense is included in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Treasury Stock Acquisitions of treasury stock are recorded at cost. Treasury stock held is reported as a deduction from stockholders' equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a specific-identification basis. Additional paid-in capital from treasury stock transactions is increased as the Company reissues treasury stock for more than the cost of the shares. If the Company issues treasury stock for less than its cost, additional paid-in capital from treasury stock transactions is reduced to no less than zero. Once this account is at zero, any further required reductions are recorded to retained earnings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Foreign Currency Transactions The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries which operate outside of the United States (U.S.) are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate those statements into U.S. dollars are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), which were immaterial in amount at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded using the exchange rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of financial assets and 90 Table of Contents liabilities are recorded in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign exchange gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were immaterial. Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for using the assets and liability method as required by ASC 740, Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax liabilities are generally attributable to indefinite-lived intangible assets, depreciation and debt issuance costs. Deferred tax assets are generally attributable to definite-lived intangible assets, goodwill, stock compensation, deferred compensation and acquisition-related costs. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company assesses whether a valuation allowance should be established against its deferred income tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a more likely than not standard. The assessment considers, among other matters, recent operating results, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry back and carry forward periods and the Company's experience with tax attributes expiring unused. Changes in circumstances could cause the Company to revalue its deferred tax balances with the resulting change impacting the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period of the change. The Company records income tax liabilities pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes, which prescribes the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. For tax positions meeting a "more-likely-than-not" threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit greater than 50% likely of being sustained. The more-likely-than-not in each reporting period to support continued recognition of the benefit. The Company's accounting policy with respect to interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties is to classify these amounts as income taxes. threshold must continue to be met Loss Contingencies The Company continuously reviews investor, client, employee or vendor complaints and pending or threatened litigation. The Company evaluates the likelihood that a loss contingency exists under the criteria of applicable accounting standards through consultation with legal counsel and records a loss contingency, inclusive of legal costs, if the contingency is probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. Business Combinations The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting and allocates the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair values are determined in accordance with the guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, based on valuations performed by the Company and independent valuation specialists. Asset Acquisitions When a group of assets is acquired that does constitute a business, the Company accounts for the transaction as an asset acquisition. The cost of the acquisition, which includes transaction costs directly related to the transaction and consideration paid, is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the net assets acquired. 91 Table of Contents Contingent and Deferred Payment Arrangements The Company periodically enters into contingent and/or deferred payment arrangements in connection with its business combinations. Liabilities under contingent and deferred payment arrangements are recorded in consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In contingent payment the Company agrees to pay additional consideration to the sellers based on future arrangements, performance, such as future net revenue levels. The Company estimates the fair value of these potential future obligations at the time a business combination is consummated and records a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at estimated fair value. In deferred payment arrangements, the Company records a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the time a business combination is consummated for the present value, which is the estimated fair value, of the future fixed dollar contractual payments. Contingent payment obligations are remeasured at fair value each reporting date taking into consideration changes in expected payments, and the change in fair value is recorded in the current period as a gain or loss. Gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of contingent payment obligations are reflected in change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company accretes obligations under deferred payment arrangements to their expected payment amounts over the period covered by the arrangement. Accretion expense related to deferred payment obligations is reflected in interest expense and other financing costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled $0.2 million in 2019 ($0 in 2021 and 2020). Compensatory Payment Arrangements In connection with business combinations, the Company evaluates whether any portion of the transaction consideration is in exchange for elements other than the acquired business and should be accounted for as a separate transaction apart from the business combination. If based on the substance of the contingent payment arrangement, the Company determines that the payments are compensation for post-acquisition employee services, the Company considers this a compensatory payment arrangement and no liability is recorded for the payments on the acquisition date. The related expense, which is the total amount of compensation management estimates will be paid, is accrued on a straight-line basis over the estimated service period, which is the time period when management determines that it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. At each reporting date, cumulative expense recognized under the compensatory payment arrangement will be at least equal to the cumulative dollar amount actually paid out and currently payable under the terms of the related purchase agreement. If there is a significant change in the estimated service period and/or estimated total compensation amount, management adjusts the amount of expense recorded on a prospective basis. Expense recognized under compensatory payment arrangements is recorded in personnel compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the related liability is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. New Accounting Pronouncements Accounting Standards Adopted in 2021 • the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 (“ASU 2018-15”), Internal-Use Software: In August 2018, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)," which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a service contract hosting arrangement with those of developing or obtaining internal-use software. This standard was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies and can be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2021 and elected to adopt ASU 2018-15 on a prospective basis. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. • Subsequent Measurement of Goodwill: In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 (“ASU 2017-04”), “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)” which simplifies the test for goodwill 92 Table of Contents impairment. ASU 2017-04 eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill (step two) to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Goodwill impairment will be based upon the results of step one of the impairment test, which is defined as the excess of the carrying amount of a reporting unit over its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The effective date for calendar-year public business entities was January 1, 2020. The new guidance was effective for the Company’s fiscal year that began on January 1, 2021 and required a prospective approach to adoption. The impact of this new guidance will depend upon the performance of our one reporting unit and the market conditions impacting the fair value. There was no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements in 2021. Recently Issued Accounting Standards • Reference Rate Reform: In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, (“ASU 2020-04”), “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” ASU 2020-04 contains optional practical expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The amendments in this guidance are effective for all entities through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. • • Expected Credit Losses: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 (“ASU 2016-13”), “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 creates a new model for determining current expected credit losses (“CECL”) on trade and other receivables, net investments in leases, contract assets and long-term receivables. The CECL impairment model requires companies to consider the risk of loss even if it is remote and to include forecasts of future economic conditions as well as information about past events and current conditions. The effective date for calendar-year public business entities was January 1, 2020. In November 2019, the FASB deferred the effective date for ASU 2016-13 for private companies and other companies who had not yet been required to adopt the standard. As a result of the Company’s EGC status, the Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2023. The Company is currently reviewing the effect of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. Leases: In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (the “New Lease Standard”) which supersedes previous lease guidance, Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840. The New Lease Standard requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) on their balance sheet at the commencement date and recognize expenses on their income statement similar to ASC Topic 840 guidance. “Leases Targeted Improvements” which provides a package of practical expedients for entities to apply upon adoption. The effective date for calendar-year public business entities was January 1, 2019. In June 2020, the New Lease Standard for private companies and other companies who had not yet been required to adopt the standard. Due to the Company’s EGC status, the New Lease Standard will be adopted on January 1, 2022. the FASB deferred the effective date of the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, In addition, The Company will adopt Topic 842 using the simplified transition method approach and apply the provision at January 1, 2022. In addition, the Company will utilize the package of three practical expedients as well as the practical expedient of not separating lease and non-lease components, the practical expedient of not applying Topic 842 to short-term leases and the hindsight practical expedient. The Company organized a team that assessed and evaluated the Company’s portfolio of active real estate leases and utilized a software that provides for a comprehensive solution for managing leased, owned and subleased properties. As of January 1, 2022, the Company has approximately $18 million in discounted, future minimum cash commitments under operating leases. The New Lease Standard will result in a gross up of assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and have no material impact on the Consolidated Statements of Operations or the Company’s liquidity or debt covenant compliance under the current credit agreement. 93 Table of Contents NOTE 3. REVENUE In accordance with revenue recognition standard requirements, the following table disaggregates our revenue by type and product: (in thousands) Investment management fees Mutual funds (Victory/USAA Funds).......................................................... ETFs (VictoryShares) ................................................................................ Separate accounts and other vehicles ...................................................... Performance-based fees ............................................................................. Mutual funds (USAA Funds)...................................................................... Separate accounts and other vehicles ...................................................... Total investment management fees .................................................... Fund administration and distribution fees Administration fees ...................................................................................... Mutual funds (Victory/USAA Funds).......................................................... ETFs (VictoryShares) ................................................................................ Distribution fees ........................................................................................... Mutual funds (Victory/USAA Funds).......................................................... Transfer agent fees...................................................................................... Mutual funds (USAA Funds)...................................................................... Total fund administration and distribution fees ................................ Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 536,902 $ 455,715 $ 355,969 10,422 99,726 16,517 125,417 11,604 99,125 (5,839) 1,542 — 685 $ 674,539 $ 562,036 $ 466,802 (4,771) 363 $ 120,414 $ 112,279 $ 71,131 1,317 1,460 1,887 28,939 25,599 30,356 64,486 42,767 $ 215,726 $ 213,315 $ 145,571 73,977 Total revenue ............................................................................................. $ 890,265 $ 775,351 $ 612,373 The following table presents balances of receivables: (in thousands) Customer receivables Mutual funds (Victory/USAA Funds) .................................................. ETFs (VictoryShares) ........................................................................ Separate accounts and other vehicles............................................... Receivables from contracts with customers ................................... Non-customer receivables ................................................................... Total receivables ................................................................................ Investment management fees receivable ............................................ Fund administration and distribution fees receivable ........................... Other receivables ................................................................................. Total receivables ................................................................................ December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ $ $ $ 65,304 1,934 30,519 97,757 6,548 104,305 80,634 17,123 6,548 104,305 $ $ $ $ 60,868 1,419 22,641 84,928 3,254 88,182 67,957 16,971 3,254 88,182 94 Table of Contents Revenue The Company’s revenue includes fees earned from providing; • • • • investment management services, fund administration services, fund transfer agent services, and fund distribution services. Revenue is recognized for each distinct performance obligation identified in customer contracts when the performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring services to a customer either over time or at the point in time when the customer obtains control of the service. Revenue is recognized in the amount of variable or fixed consideration allocated to the satisfied performance obligation that Victory expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring services to a customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price only when it is probable that a significant reversal of such revenue will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Investment management, fund administration and fund distribution fees are generally considered variable consideration as they are typically calculated as a percentage of AUM. Fund transfer agent fees are also considered variable consideration as they are calculated as a percentage of AUM or based on the number of accounts in the fund. In such cases, the amount of fees earned is subject to factors outside of the Company’s control including customer or underlying investor contributions and redemptions and financial market volatility. These fees are considered constrained and are excluded from the transaction price until the asset values or number of accounts on which the customer is billed are calculated and the value of consideration is measurable. The Company has contractual arrangements with third parties to provide certain advisory, administration, transfer agent and distribution services. Management considers whether we are acting as the principal service provider or as an agent to determine whether revenue should be recorded based on the gross amount payable by the customer or net of payments to third-party service providers, respectively. Victory is considered a principal service provider if we control the service that is transferred to the customer. We are considered an agent when we arrange for the service to be provided by another party and do not control the service. Investment Management Fees Investment management fees are received in exchange for investment management services that represent a series of distinct incremental days of investment management service. Control of investment management services is transferred to the customers over time as these customers receive and consume the benefits provided by these services. Investment management fees are calculated as a contractual percentage of AUM and are generally paid in arrears on a monthly or quarterly basis. AUM represents the financial assets the Company manages for clients on either a discretionary or non- discretionary basis. In general, AUM reflects the valuation methodology that corresponds to the basis used for determining revenue such as net asset value for the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and certain other pooled funds and account market value for separate accounts. For the NEC Funds, AUM represents limited partner capital commitments during the commitment period of the fund. Following the earlier of the termination of the commitment period and the beginning of any commitment period for a successor fund, AUM generally represents, depending on the fund, the lesser of a) the net asset value of the fund and b) the aggregated adjusted cost basis of each unrealized portfolio investment or the limited partner capital commitments reduced by the amount of capital contributions used to make portfolio investments that have been disposed. Investment management fees are recognized as revenue using a time-based output method to measure progress. Revenue is recorded at month end or quarter end when the value of consideration is measured. The amount of investment management fee revenue varies from one reporting period to another as levels of AUM change (from inflows, outflows and market movements) and as the number of days in the reporting period change. 95 Table of Contents The Company may waive certain fees for investment management services provided to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and other pooled investment vehicles and may subsidize certain share classes of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and other pooled investment vehicles to ensure that specified operating expenses attributable to such share classes do not exceed a specified percentage. These waivers and reimbursements reduce the transaction price allocated to investment management services and are recognized as a reduction to investment management fees revenue. The amounts due to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares and other pooled investment vehicles for waivers and expense reimbursements represent consideration payable to customers, which is recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and no distinct services are received in exchange for these payments. Performance-based investment management fees, which include fees under performance fee and fulcrum fee arrangements, are included in the transaction price for providing investment management services. Performance-based investment management fees are calculated as a percentage of investment performance on a client’s account versus a specified benchmark or hurdle based on the terms of the contract with the customer. Performance-based investment management fees are variable consideration and are recognized as revenue when and to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the cumulative revenue for the contractual performance period will not occur. Performance-based investment management fees recognized as revenue in the current period may pertain to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods. Fulcrum fee investment arrangements include a performance fee adjustment management fee depending on whether the assets being managed experienced better or worse investment performance than the index specified in the customer’s contract. The performance fee adjustment arrangement with certain equity and fixed income USAA Funds took effect on July 1, 2020 and is calculated monthly based on the investment performance of those funds relative to their specified benchmark indexes over the discrete performance period ending with that month. increases or decreases the total that Fund Administration Fees The Company recognizes fund administration fees as revenue using a time-based output method to measure progress. Fund administration fees are determined based on the contractual rate applied to average daily net assets of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares for which administration services are provided. Revenue is recorded on a monthly basis when the value of consideration is measured using actual average daily net assets and constraints are removed. The Company’s fund administration fee revenue is recorded in fund administration and distribution fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company has contractual arrangements with a third party to provide certain sub-administration services. We are the primary obligor under the contracts with the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares and have the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing. As a result, fund administration fees and sub-administration expenses are recorded on a gross basis. Fund Transfer Agent Fees The Company recognizes fund transfer agent fees using a time-based output method to measure progress. Fund transfer agent fees are determined based on the contractual rate applied to either the average daily net assets of the USAA Funds for which transfer agent services are provided or number of accounts in the USAA Funds. Revenue is recorded on a monthly basis when the value of consideration is measured using actual average daily net assets or actual number of accounts and constraints are removed. The Company’s fund transfer agent fee revenue is recorded in fund administration and distribution fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company also receives fees for sub-transfer agency services under contracts with the Victory Funds for member class shares. Sub-transfer agency fees are recognized and recorded in a manner similar to fund transfer agent fees and are recorded in fund administration and distribution fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company has contractual arrangements with a third party to provide certain sub-transfer agent services. As the Company is the primary obligor under the transfer agency contracts with the USAA Funds and has the 96 Table of Contents ability to select the service provider and establish pricing, fund transfer agent fees and sub-transfer agent expenses are recorded on a gross basis. Fund Distribution Fees The Company receives compensation for sales and sales-related services promised under distribution contracts with the Victory Funds and USAA Funds. Revenue is measured in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for providing distribution services. Distribution fees are generally calculated as a percentage of average net assets in the Victory Funds and USAA Funds. The Company’s performance obligation is satisfied at the point in time when control of the services is transferred to customers, which is upon investor subscription or redemption. the calculation, Based on the nature of the revenue for these services is accounted for as variable consideration. The Company may recognize distribution fee revenue in the current period that pertains to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods as variable consideration is recognized only when uncertainties are resolved. The Company’s distribution fee revenue is recorded in fund administration and distribution fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company has contractual arrangements with third parties to provide certain distribution services. The Company is the primary obligor under the contracts with the Victory Funds and USAA Funds and has the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is recorded gross of payments made to third parties. Costs Incurred to Obtain or Fulfill Customer Contracts The Company is required to capitalize certain costs directly related to the acquisition or fulfillment of a contact with a customer. Victory has not identified any sales-based compensation or similar costs that meet the definition of an incremental cost to acquire a contract and as such we have no intangible assets related to contract acquisitions. Direct costs incurred to fulfill services under the Company’s distribution contracts include sales commissions paid to third party dealers for the sale of Class C Shares. The Company may pay upfront sales commissions to dealers and institutions that sell Class C shares of the participating Victory Funds at the time of such sale. Upfront sales commission payments with respect to Class C shares equal 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares sold by the dealer or institution. When the Company makes an upfront payment to a dealer or institution for the sale of Class C shares, the Company capitalizes the cost of such payment, which is recorded in prepaid expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortizes the cost over a 12-month period, the estimated period of benefit. Valuation of AUM and fund investments The fair value of assets under management of the Victory Funds, USAA Funds and VictoryShares is primarily determined using quoted market prices or independent third-party pricing services or broker price quotes. In certain circumstances, a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. In these cases, pricing is determined by management based on a prescribed valuation process that has been approved by the directors/trustees of the sponsored products. The same prescribed valuation process is used to price securities in separate accounts and the Company’s other non-alternative investment vehicles for which a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. The fair value of Level III assets held by alternative investment vehicles is determined under the respective valuation policy for each fund. The valuation policies address the fact that substantially all the investments of a fund may not have readily available market information and therefore the fair value for these assets is typically determined using unobservable inputs and models that may include subjective assumptions. AUM reported by the Company for alternative investment vehicles may not necessarily equal the funds’ net asset values or the total fair value of the funds’ portfolio investments as AUM represents the basis for calculating management fees. 97 Table of Contents For the periods presented, less than one percent of the Company’s total AUM were Level III assets priced without using a quoted market price, broker price quote or pricing service quotation. NOTE 4. ACQUISITION USAA AMCO Acquisition On July 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of USAA Adviser and VCTA (collectively, the “USAA Acquired Companies”), which includes the USAA Mutual Fund Business, and executed Amendment No. 1 (the “Amendment”) to the stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”). The Amendment amended the Stock Purchase Agreement entered into on November 6, 2018 between the Company, USAA Investment Corporation, and for certain limited purposes, USAA Capital Corporation. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed and results of the USAA Mutual Fund Business are reflected in the consolidated financial statements from the closing date of July 1, 2019. The USAA AMCO Acquisition expanded and diversified the Company’s investment platform, particularly in the fixed income and solutions asset classes, and increased the Company’s size and scale. Additional products added to the investments platform include target date and target risk strategies, managed volatility mutual funds, active fixed income ETFs, sub-advised and multi-manager equity funds. The acquisition also added to the Company’s lineup of asset allocation portfolios and smart beta equity ETFs and provided the Company the rights to offer products and services using the USAA brand and the opportunity to offer its products to USAA members through a direct investor channel. Purchase Price The Company purchased 100% of the outstanding common stock of the USAA Acquired Companies. The purchase price for the USAA Acquired Companies was $949.4 million, comprised of $851.3 million of cash paid at closing plus the acquisition date value of contingent payments due to sellers of $98.8 million less $0.7 million in net working capital adjustments settled in the first quarter of 2020. No further purchase price adjustments were recorded during the measurement period. A maximum of $150.0 million ($37.5 million per year) in contingent payments is payable to sellers based on the annual revenue of USAA Adviser attributable to all “non-managed money”-related AUM in each of the first four annual earn out periods following the closing as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement. To receive any contingent payment in respect of “non-managed money”-related assets for a given year, annual revenue from “non-managed money”-related assets must be at least 80% of the revenue run-rate (as calculated under the Stock Purchase Agreement) of the USAA Adviser’s “non-managed money”-related assets under management as of the Closing, and to achieve the maximum contingent payment for a given year, such annual revenue must total at least 100% of that Closing revenue run-rate. Annual contingent payments in respect of “non- managed money”-related assets are subject to certain “catch-up” provisions set forth in the USAA Stock Purchase Agreement. The Company accounted for the acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of the USAA AMCO Acquisition. The Company used an independent valuation specialist to assist with the determination of fair value for certain of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities disclosed below. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of $120.6 million was recorded to goodwill in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill arising from the acquisition primarily resulted from expected future earnings and cash flows, as well as the expected synergies created by the integration of the USAA Acquired Companies within our organization. 98 Table of Contents The following table presents the estimated amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date: (in thousands) Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................... Investment management fees receivable................................................................................ Fund administration and distribution fees receivable .............................................................. Other receivables and prepaid expenses ................................................................................ Property and equipment .......................................................................................................... Other intangible assets(1) ......................................................................................................... Goodwill................................................................................................................................... Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............................................................................... Accrued compensation and benefits ....................................................................................... Payable to members and custodians ...................................................................................... Purchase price....................................................................................................................... $ $ 17,473 25,353 4,779 299 1,165 808,670 120,643 (5,575) (5,907) (17,473) 949,427 (1) Includes $750.2 million for indefinite-lived investment advisory contracts, $19.1 million for indefinite-lived transfer agent contracts, $0.8 million for indefinite-lived distribution contracts, $38.2 million for definite-lived trade name assets and $0.4 million for definite-lived lease-related assets, all of which are recorded in other intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Contingent Consideration The estimated fair value for contingent consideration payable to sellers is estimated using the real options method. Revenue related to “non-managed money” assets is simulated in a risk-neutral framework to calculate expected probability-weighted earn out payments, which are then discounted from the expected payment dates at the relevant cost of debt. Significant assumptions and inputs include the “non-managed money” revenue projected annual growth rate, the market price of risk, which adjusts the projected revenue growth rate to a risk-neutral expected growth rate, revenue volatility and discount rate. The market price of risk and revenue volatility are based on data for comparable companies. As the contingent consideration represents a subordinate, unsecured claim of the Company, the Company assesses a discount rate which incorporates adjustments for credit risk and the subordination of the contingent consideration. The fair value of contingent consideration payable to sellers was estimated at $68.8 million and $92.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $98.8 million as of the acquisition date. The Company recognized expense of $13.8 million, $11.3 million and $19.9 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which was recorded in change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has paid a total of $75.0 million (the $37.5 million maximum payment for each of the first and second earn out periods) in contingent consideration to sellers. Significant inputs to the valuation of contingent consideration payable to sellers as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the acquisition date are as follows and are approximate values: Non-managed money revenue average annual growth rate ................... Market price of risk (continuous).............................................................. Revenue volatility..................................................................................... Discount rate............................................................................................ Years remaining in earn out period.......................................................... Undiscounted estimated remaining earn out payments $ millions........... 5 % 6 % 17 % 3 % 3 % 7 % 16 % 3 % 3 % 4 % 20 % 7 % 1.9 $72 - $75 2.9 $98 - $113 4.3 $119 - $150 December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 July 1, 2019 Acquisition Date 99 Table of Contents USAA Acquired Companies Revenue of the USAA Acquired Companies subsequent to the effective closing date of July 1, 2019 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, was as follows: (in millions) Revenue ............................................................................................ $ Unaudited Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 Unaudited Six Months Ended December 31, 2019 221.3 $ 244.5 Net income attributable to the USAA Acquired Companies for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and the first six months of 2020 is impractical to determine as the Company does not prepare discrete financial information at that level. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 include the operating results of the USAA Acquired Companies for the period from July 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019. The historical consolidated financial information of Victory and the USAA Acquired Companies have been adjusted to give effect to unaudited pro forma events that are directly attributable to the transaction, factually supportable and expected to have continuing impact on the combined results. These amounts have been calculated after adjusting the results of the USAA Acquired Companies to reflect additional interest expense, distribution costs, share-based compensation expense, income taxes and intangible asset amortization that would have been expensed assuming the fair value adjustments had been applied on January 1, 2018. In addition, Victory’s and the USAA Acquired Companies’ results were adjusted to remove incentive compensation, legal fees and mutual fund proxy costs directly attributable to the acquisition. The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations are provided for illustrative purposes only and assume that the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2018. This unaudited information should not be relied upon as indicative of historical results that would have been obtained if the acquisition had occurred on that date, nor of the results that may be obtained in the future. (in thousands, except per share amount) Revenue ............................................................................................ Net income......................................................................................... Earnings per share of common stock Basic .................................................................................................. Diluted................................................................................................ Weighted average number of shares outstanding Basic .................................................................................................. Diluted................................................................................................ THB Acquisition $ $ $ Unaudited Twelve Months Ended December 31, $ $ $ 2019 851,440 114,988 1.70 1.56 67,693 73,612 2018 906,844 71,471 1.08 1.01 66,295 70,511 On March 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of THB, including without limitation, (i) certain investment advisory and business contracts, (ii) certain books and records, (iii) the investment performance track record, and (iv) all business intellectual property and proprietary software, and hired the THB investment team. At March 1, 2021, the THB AUM that was acquired totaled $547 million. THB manages responsible investment portfolios in the micro-cap, small-cap and mid-cap asset classes, including U.S., global and international strategies. Because substantially all of the fair value of the acquired assets was concentrated in a single identifiable asset, the transaction was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Estimated acquisition costs of $0.6 million were allocated to a definite-lived customer relationship intangible asset. 100 Table of Contents NEC Acquisition On September 10, 2021, VCM entered into a definitive agreement to acquire 100% of the equity interests in NEC. Founded in 2004 and based in Hanover, New Hampshire, NEC is an alternative asset management firm focused on debt and equity investments in clean energy infrastructure projects and companies through four active private closed-end funds (the “NEC Funds”). On November 1, 2021 (the “NEC Closing Date”), the acquisition of NEC was completed. The estimated purchase price for the NEC Acquisition is $63.1 million, which includes $62.8 million in cash paid at closing, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million of net working capital adjustments to be settled in the first half of 2022. Consideration paid at closing was funded with balance sheet cash and proceeds from borrowings under the Company’s revolving line of credit. All borrowings under the revolving line of credit were repaid prior to December 31, 2021. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company will pay up to an additional $35.0 million in cash based on net revenue growth over a six year period following the closing date. The purchase agreement specifies net revenue and payment targets for the 36-month, 48-month and 60-month periods beginning on November 30, 2021 (the “Start Date”) for the contingent payments. It also provides for advance payments and catch-up payments to be made based on actual NEC net management fee revenue, as defined in the purchase agreement, as measured at the end of each 12 month anniversary of the Start Date over a six year period. The maximum amount of contingent payments is due, less any contingent payments previously paid, upon the occurrence of certain specified events within a five year period following the Start Date. The Company determined that substantially all of the contingent payments payable per the NEC purchase agreement represent compensation for post-closing services. Accordingly, these contingent payments were excluded from the purchase price for the NEC Acquisition and a liability for these contingent payments was not recorded on the acquisition date. The Company will recognize compensation expense over the estimated service period on a straight-line basis in an amount equal to the total contingent payments currently forecasted to be paid. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had recorded $1.1 million in NEC contingent payment compensation expense, which is included in personnel compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. A liability for the corresponding amount is recorded in accrued compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The NEC Acquisition purchase price of $62.8 million was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The Company used an independent valuation specialist to assist with the determination of fair value for certain of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities disclosed below. The carried interests in the existing NEC Funds were not acquired in the transaction. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of $41.0 million was recorded to goodwill in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill arising from the acquisition primarily results from future earnings and cash flows from new funds expected to be launched on the NEC alternative investment platform. 101 Table of Contents The following table presents the estimated amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, net of cash acquired: (in thousands) Investment management fees receivable................................................................................... $ Other receivables and prepaid expenses................................................................................... Property and equipment ............................................................................................................. Other intangible assets (1)........................................................................................................... Goodwill...................................................................................................................................... Accounts payable and accrued expenses.................................................................................. Purchase price, net of cash acquired ......................................................................................... $ 118 60 19 23,700 41,032 (2,096) 62,833 (1) Includes $14.0 million for definite-lived customer relationships with a 6 year estimated useful life and $9.7 million for definite-lived investment advisory contracts with a 2 year estimated useful life, which are recorded in other intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2021, the purchase price allocation for the NEC Acquisition is preliminary as customary post-closing purchase adjustments have not been finalized. The final purchase price allocation may reflect changes to the preliminary valuations for accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities for net working capital adjustments. Adjustments will be made, as necessary, during the measurement period of up to one year after the closing date. WestEnd Acquisition (the “WestEnd Purchase the Company entered into a definitive agreement On November 4, 2021, Agreement”) with WestEnd Advisors, LLC (“WestEnd”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase 100% of the equity interests of WestEnd (the “WestEnd Acquisition”) on the terms and subject to the conditions therein. Founded in 2004, and headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, WestEnd is an ETF strategist advisor that provides financial advisors with a turnkey, core model allocation strategy for either a holistic solution or complementary source of alpha. The firm offers four primary ETF strategies and one large cap core strategy in Separately Managed Account (SMA) structures. On and effective December 31, 2021, the Company completed the WestEnd Acquisition. The aggregate purchase price (the “WestEnd Purchase Price”) for the WestEnd Acquisition is estimated at $716.1 million, net of cash acquired, which includes (i) $475.8 million in cash paid at closing (the “WestEnd Closing”) net of cash acquired, plus the acquisition date value of contingent payments due to sellers of $239.7 million plus an estimated $0.6 million payable in cash in the first half of 2022 for net working capital adjustments. The contingent earn-out payments are based on net revenue of the WestEnd business during each of the first four years following the WestEnd Closing, subject to certain “catch-up” provisions over a five and one half year period following the WestEnd Closing. A maximum of $320.0 million ($80.0 million per year) in earn-out payments may be paid. The WestEnd Purchase Price is subject to adjustments based on the level of client consents received, net working capital, debt, cash and unpaid transaction expenses. In connection with the closing of the WestEnd Acquisition, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement and obtained incremental term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million to fund the acquisition and pay fees and expenses related to the transaction. Please refer to Note 11, Debt, for more information on the 2021 Incremental Term Loans. A total of $2.9 million of the cash paid at closing was placed in escrow, of which $0.5 million is available for purchase price adjustments and $2.4 million is available to compensate the Company for eligible claims under the purchase agreement’s indemnification provisions. The purchase price of $716.1 million was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of the WestEnd Acquisition. The Company used an independent valuation specialist to assist with the determination of fair value for certain of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities disclosed below. 102 Table of Contents The excess purchase price over the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of $536.0 million was recorded to goodwill in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill arising from the acquisition primarily results from revenue synergies expected from combining WestEnd and Victory distribution platforms and sales efforts. The following table presents the estimated amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, net of cash acquired: (in thousands) Investment management fees receivable................................................................................... $ Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................................................................... Property and equipment ............................................................................................................. Other intangible assets (1)........................................................................................................... Goodwill...................................................................................................................................... Accounts payable and accrued expenses.................................................................................. Accrued compensation and benefits .......................................................................................... Other liabilities............................................................................................................................ Purchase price, net of cash acquired ......................................................................................... $ 4,560 256 2,011 175,500 536,023 (115) (1,480) (693) 716,062 (1) Includes $172.5 million for definite-lived customer relationship assets with a 10 year estimated useful life and $3.0 million for a definite-lived trade name asset with a 7 year estimated useful life, which are recorded in other intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2021, the purchase price allocation for the WestEnd Acquisition is preliminary as customary post-closing purchase adjustments have not been finalized. The final purchase price allocation may reflect changes to the preliminary valuations for receivables and accounts payable and accrued expenses for net working capital adjustments. Adjustments will be made, as necessary, during the measurement period of up to one year after the closing date. The estimated fair value for contingent consideration payable to sellers is estimated using the real options method. WestEnd net revenue growth is simulated in a risk-neutral framework to calculate expected probability-weighted earn out payments, which are then discounted from the expected payment dates at the relevant cost of debt. Significant assumptions and inputs include the WestEnd net revenue projected annual growth rate, the market price of risk, which adjusts the projected revenue growth rate to a risk-neutral expected growth rate, revenue volatility and discount rate. The market price of risk and revenue volatility are based on data for comparable companies. As the contingent consideration represents a subordinate, unsecured claim of the Company, the Company assesses a discount rate which incorporates adjustments for credit risk and the subordination of the contingent consideration. A maximum of $320.0 million ($80.0 million per year) is payable to sellers in contingent payments. The fair value of contingent consideration payable to sellers was estimated at $239.7 million as of the acquisition date. Significant inputs to the valuation of contingent consideration payable to sellers as of December 31, 2021 are as follows and are approximate values: December 31, 2021 Acquisition Date Net revenue average annual growth rate.......................................................................... Market price of risk adjustment for revenue (continuous) ................................................. Revenue volatility .............................................................................................................. Discount rate ..................................................................................................................... Years remaining in earn out period ................................................................................... Undiscounted estimated remaining earn out payments $ millions .................................... 37 % 11 % 21 % 4 % 5.8 $277 - $320 As the WestEnd Acquisition was effective at market close on December 31, 2021, the Company’s operating results for 2021 do not include WestEnd. The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations are provided for illustrative purposes only and assume that the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2020. This unaudited 103 Table of Contents information should not be relied upon as indicative of historical results that would have been obtained if the acquisition had occurred on that date, nor of the results that may be obtained in the future. The historical consolidated financial information of the Company and WestEnd have been adjusted to give effect to unaudited pro forma events that are directly attributable to the WestEnd Acquisition. These amounts have been calculated after adjusting the results of WestEnd and the Company to reflect additional interest expense, intangible asset amortization, acquisition-related costs, transaction-related compensation costs and income taxes that would have been expensed assuming the WestEnd Acquisition was consummated on January 1, 2020. (in thousands, except per share amount) Revenue ............................................................................................ Net income......................................................................................... Earnings per share of common stock Basic .................................................................................................. Diluted................................................................................................ Weighted average number of shares outstanding Basic .................................................................................................. Diluted................................................................................................ Acquisition-related costs $ $ $ Unaudited Year Ended December 31, $ $ $ 2021 936,609 280,980 4.13 3.79 67,976 74,151 2020 798,401 177,637 2.62 2.41 67,710 73,719 Costs related to acquisitions of businesses and assets are summarized below and include legal and filing fees, advisory services, mutual fund proxy voting costs and other one-time expenses related to the transactions. Included in USAA AMCO acquisition-related costs in 2021 is a liability for one-time payments for assets not acquired in the transaction. Costs related to acquisitions were expensed in 2021, 2020 and 2019 and are included in acquisition-related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. (in thousands) USAA AMCO ......................................................................... $ NEC ....................................................................................... WestEnd ................................................................................ Other...................................................................................... Total acquisition-related costs ............................................... $ Acquisition-related costs 2020 2021 2019 5,534 2,605 8,102 21 16,262 $ $ 426 - - 682 1,108 $ $ 21,333 - - 984 22,317 Restructuring and Integration Costs In connection with business combinations, asset purchases and changes in business strategy, the Company incurs costs integrating investment platforms, products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and restructuring the business to capture operating expense synergies. 104 Table of Contents The following table presents a rollforward of restructuring and integration liabilities: (in millions) 2021 2020 2019 Liability balance, beginning of period ........................... $ Severance expense USAA AMCO Acquisition........................................... THB............................................................................ Other.......................................................................... Contract termination expense USAA AMCO Acquisition........................................... Integration costs USAA AMCO Acquisition........................................... THB............................................................................ Restructuring and integration costs.............................. Settlement of liabilities ................................................. Liability balance, end of period ................................ $ Accrued expenses........................................................ $ Other liabilities.............................................................. Liability balance, end of period ................................ $ 1.0 $ 3.0 $ 1.4 0.2 0.2 — 0.5 0.3 2.6 (3.3) 0.3 0.3 — 0.3 $ $ $ 1.2 — — 0.1 6.5 7.8 (9.8) 1.0 1.0 — 1.0 $ $ $ 0.1 6.2 — — 0.2 2.3 8.7 (5.8) 3.0 2.9 0.1 3.0 NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The Company determines the fair value of certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value determinations utilize a valuation hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability. Classification within the fair value hierarchy contains three levels: • • • Level 1—Valuation inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. Level 2—Valuation inputs are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset or liability being measured. Level 3—Valuation inputs are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. 105 Table of Contents The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis: (in thousands) Financial assets Investments in proprietary funds.................... Deferred compensation plan investments ..... Interest rate swap asset................................. Total financial assets ................................ Financial liabilities Contingent consideration arrangements........ Total financial liabilities ............................. As of December 31, 2021 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $ $ 912 $ 30,812 7,774 39,498 $ 912 $ 30,812 — 31,724 $ — $ — 7,774 7,774 $ — — — — (308,500) $ (308,500) $ — — $ — (308,500) — $ (308,500) (in thousands) Financial assets Money market fund ........................................ Investments in proprietary funds.................... Deferred compensation plan investments ..... Total financial assets ................................ As of December 31, 2020 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $ $ 10,088 $ 922 22,571 33,581 $ 10,088 $ 922 22,571 33,581 $ — $ — — — $ — — — — Financial liabilities Interest rate swap liability .............................. Contingent consideration arrangements........ Total financial liabilities ............................. (1) Contingent consideration arrangement liabilities of $308.5 million plus $0.3 million and $0.6 million of consideration payable to sellers for estimated net working capital adjustments for the NEC and WestEnd acquisitions, respectively, equal $309.4 million in consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021. — — $ (10,006) $ — (92,500) - — $ (10,006) $ (92,500) $ (10,006) $ (92,500) $ (102,506) $ Level 1 assets consist of money market funds and open-end mutual funds. The fair values for these assets are determined utilizing quoted market prices for identical assets. The Company redeemed its money market fund investment in the fourth quarter of 2021. The interest rate swap (the “Swap”) asset and liability represent amounts receivable or payable under a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap transaction entered into by the Company on March 27, 2020. The Swap effectively fixed the interest rate at 3.465% on $450 million of the outstanding Term Loan balance through the Term Loan’s maturity in July 2026. The fair value of the Swap is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other assets at December 31, 2021 and in other liabilities as of December 31, 2020. Pricing was determined based on a third party, model-derived valuation in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets (Level 2). Refer to Note 12, Derivatives, for further detail on the Swap. Contingent consideration arrangements include the USAA AMCO earn-out payment liability at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the WestEnd earn-out payment liability at December 31, 2021. Contingent consideration arrangements are included in consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Significant unobservable inputs for the option pricing model used to determine the estimated fair value of the USAA AMCO Acquisition earn-out payment liability include the “non-managed money” revenue projected growth rate, revenue volatility, market price of risk and discount rate. Significant unobservable inputs for the option pricing model used to determine the estimated fair value of the WestEnd Acquisition earn-out payment liability include the WestEnd net revenue projected growth rate, revenue volatility, market price of risk and discount rate. For both the USAA AMCO and WestEnd contingent consideration arrangements, an increase in the market price of risk, discount rate and revenue volatility results in a lower fair value for the earn-out payment liability, revenue results in a higher fair value for the earn-out while an increase in the projected growth rate for 106 Table of Contents payment liability. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions, for further details related to the valuation of contingent consideration payable related to the USAA AMCO Acquisition and WestEnd Acquisition. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration arrangement liabilities, realized or unrealized, are recorded in earnings and are included in change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table presents the balance of the contingent consideration arrangement liabilities at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Contingent Consideration Liabilities (in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2019.................................. $ USAA AMCO first annual earn-out payment........ USAA AMCO change in fair value measurement ....................................................... Balance, December 31, 2020.................................. $ USAA AMCO second annual earn-out payment ............................................................... USAA AMCO change in fair value measurement ....................................................... WestEnd acquisition date contingent consideration liability............................................ Balance, December 31, 2021.................................. $ 118,700 (37,500) 11,300 92,500 (37,500) 13,800 239,700 308,500 There were no transfers between any of the Level 1, 2 and 3 categories in the fair value measurement hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company recognizes transfers at the end of the reporting period. The net carrying value of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The fair value of our long-term debt at December 31, 2021 is considered to be its carrying value as the interest rate on the bank debt is variable and approximates current market rates. As a result, Level 2 inputs are utilized to determine the fair value of our long-term debt. NOTE 6. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company considers certain funds that it manages, including the Victory Funds, the USAA Funds, the VictoryShares, collective trust funds that it sponsors (the “Victory Collective Funds”), the NEC Funds and other pooled investment vehicles that it sponsors, to be related parties as a result of its advisory relationship. The Company receives investment management, administrative, distribution and compliance fees in accordance with contracts that VCM and VCS have with the Victory Funds and the USAA Funds, and has invested a portion of its balance sheet cash in the USAA Treasury Money Market Fund and earned interest on the amount invested in this fund. The Company receives investment management, administrative and compliance fees in accordance with contracts that VCM has with the VictoryShares. We also receive investment management fees from the Victory Collective Funds, the NEC Funds and other pooled funds under VCM’s advisory contracts with these funds. In addition, VCTA receives fees for transfer agency services under contracts with the USAA Funds and sub-transfer agency services under contracts with the Victory Funds for member class shares. In 2021 and 2020, the Company paid director fees to and made contributions under the Director DC Plan for non-employee members of our Board of Directors, which are included in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 107 Table of Contents The table below presents balances and transactions involving related parties included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations. • • • • • • Included in cash and cash equivalents in 2020 is an investment in the USAA Treasury Money Market Fund. This investment was redeemed in full in the fourth quarter of 2021. Included in receivables (investment management fees) are amounts due from the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, Victory Collective Funds and other pooled funds for investment management services. Included in receivables (fund administration and distribution fees) are amounts due from the Victory Funds and USAA Funds for compliance services, amounts due from the USAA Funds for transfer agent services, amounts due from the Victory Funds for sub-transfer agent services and amounts invoiced to the NEC Funds for costs paid by VCM. Included in prepaid expenses are amounts paid by VCM that will be invoiced to the NEC Funds in the following period. Included in revenue (investment management) are amounts earned for investment management services provided to the Victory Funds, the USAA Funds, the VictoryShares, the Victory Collective Funds, the NEC Funds and other pooled funds. Included in revenue (fund administration and distribution fees) are amounts earned for compliance services, transfer agent services and sub-transfer agent services. • Realized and unrealized gains and losses and dividend income on investments in the Victory Funds and USAA Funds classified as investments in proprietary funds and deferred compensation plan investments as well as dividend income on investments in the USAA Treasury Money Market Fund are recorded in interest income and other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. • Amounts due to the Victory Funds, USAA Funds, VictoryShares for waivers of investment management fees and reimbursements of fund operating expenses are included in accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represent consideration payable to customers. (in thousands) Related party assets 2021 2020 Cash and cash equivalents ............................ $ Receivables (investment management fees)................................................................ Receivables (fund administration and distribution fees) ............................................. Prepaid expenses........................................... Investments (investments in proprietary funds, fair value) ............................................. Investments (deferred compensation plan investments, fair value)................................... Total........................................................... $ — $ 10,088 53,256 46,958 17,123 304 16,971 912 922 28,643 100,238 $ 22,062 97,001 Related party liabilities Accounts payable and accrued expenses (fund reimbursements) ................................... $ Total........................................................... $ 6,695 $ 6,695 $ 5,978 5,978 108 Table of Contents (in thousands) Related party revenue Year ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 Investment management fees................................. $ 566,775 215,726 Fund administration and distribution fees ............... Total ................................................................... $ 782,501 $ 471,153 213,315 $ 684,468 $ 371,807 145,571 $ 517,378 Related party expense General and administrative ..................................... Total ................................................................... $ 521 521 Related party other income (expense) Interest income (expense) and other income (expense) ................................................................ $ Total ................................................................... $ 5,470 5,470 702 702 2,337 2,337 $ $ $ — — 2,692 2,692 $ $ $ NOTE 7. INVESTMENTS As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had investments in proprietary funds and deferred compensation plan investments. Investments in proprietary funds consist entirely of seed capital investments in certain Victory Funds and USAA Funds. Deferred compensation plan investments are held under deferred compensation plans and include Victory Funds, USAA Funds and third party mutual funds. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on investments in proprietary funds and deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in earnings as interest income and other income (expense). Investments in Proprietary Funds The following table presents a summary of the cost and fair value of investments in proprietary funds: (in thousands) As of December 31, 2021 .............................. $ As of December 31, 2020 .............................. Cost Gains (Losses) Gross Unrealized Fair Value 769 $ 758 169 $ 164 (26) $ — 912 922 The following table presents proceeds from sales of investments in proprietary funds and realized gains and losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: (in thousands) For the year ending December 31, 2021 ......... $ For the year ending December 31, 2020 ......... For the year ending December 31, 2019 ......... Sale Proceeds Realized Gains (Losses) 215 $ 507 158 50 $ 31 6 — (13) — 109 Table of Contents Deferred Compensation Plan Investments The following table presents a summary of the cost and fair value of deferred compensation plan investments: (in thousands) As of December 31, 2021 .............................. $ As of December 31, 2020 .............................. Cost 27,174 $ 21,205 Gross Unrealized Gains (Losses) 4,266 $ 1,725 (628) $ (359) Fair Value 30,812 22,571 The following table presents proceeds from sales of deferred compensation plan investments and realized gains and losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: For the year ending December 31, 2021 ......... $ For the year ending December 31, 2020 ......... For the year ending December 31, 2019 ......... 9,662 $ 4,063 2,749 1,315 $ 130 22 (59) (309) (71) Sale Proceeds Realized Gains (Losses) NOTE 8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT The following table presents property and equipment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020: (in thousands) Equipment, purchased software and implementation costs .............................................. $ Leasehold improvements ........................................ Furniture and fixtures .............................................. Total ........................................................................ Accumulated depreciation and amortization ........... Total property and equipment, net .......................... $ As of December 31, 2020 2021 31,503 $ 4,488 3,072 39,063 (13,768) 25,295 $ 21,710 3,155 2,743 27,608 (8,861) 18,747 Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment was $6.2 million, $3.6 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. NOTE 9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The following table presents changes in the goodwill balance from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021: (in thousands) As of December 31, 2020 2021 Balance, beginning of period ................................ $ 404,750 $ 404,750 — Goodwill recorded in NEC Acquisition.................. Goodwill recorded in WestEnd Acquisition........... — Balance, end of period ....................................... $ 981,805 $ 404,750 41,032 536,023 There were no impairments to goodwill recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. 110 Table of Contents Identifiable Intangible Assets The following table presents a summary of definite-lived intangible assets by type: (in thousands) Gross book value - December 31, 2020... $ Accumulated amortization ........................ Net book value - December 31, 2020....... $ Weighted average useful life (yrs)............ Gross book value - December 31,2021.... $ Accumulated amortization ........................ Net book value - December 31, 2021....... $ Weighted average useful life (yrs)............ Fund Advisory Relationships Contracts Customer Trade Names Intellectual Property/ Other Totals 123,200 $ (121,497) 2,368 $ 39,332 $ (2,368) (15,406) 1,703 $ 0.1 — $ 23,926 $ — 2.2 310,286 $ 12,068 $ 42,332 $ (3,176) (123,752) 186,534 $ 8,892 $ 17,411 $ 9.4 (24,921) 1.8 1.8 312 $ 0.1 7,547 $ 172,447 (146,506) (7,235) 25,941 2.4 7,547 $ 372,233 (159,136) (7,287) 260 $ 213,097 6.2 5.0 Amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, was $12.6 million, $12.8 million and $20.9 million, respectively, and is recorded in depreciation and amortization within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no impairments to definite-lived intangible assets recognized in 2021, 2020 or 2019. The following table presents estimated amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter: 2022.............................................................................. $ 34,625 29,104 2023.............................................................................. 20,187 2024.............................................................................. 20,064 2025.............................................................................. 20,063 2026.............................................................................. Thereafter ..................................................................... 89,054 Total ............................................................................. $ 213,097 The following table presents a summary of indefinite-lived intangible assets by type: Fund Advisory, Transfer Agent and Distribution Contracts (in thousands) December 31, 2019 balance............................ $ 1,113,000 $ Additions or transfers ....................................... December 31, 2020 balance............................ $ 1,113,000 $ Additions or transfers ....................................... December 31, 2021 balance............................ $ 1,113,000 $ — — Trade Names Totals — 23,700 $ 1,136,700 — 23,700 $ 1,136,700 — 23,700 $ 1,136,700 — There were no impairments to indefinite-lived intangible assets recognized in 2021, 2020 or 2019. 111 Table of Contents NOTE 10. INCOME TAXES The following table presents the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: (in thousands) Current tax expense (benefit): 2021 2020 2019 Federal........................................................ $ State............................................................ Foreign........................................................ Total current tax expense (benefit) .................. Deferred tax expense (benefit): Federal........................................................ State............................................................ Foreign........................................................ Total deferred tax expense (benefit) ................ Income tax expense......................................... $ 42,845 $ 24,048 $ 9,929 (9) 52,765 7,263 108 31,419 15,716 3,742 30 19,488 72,253 $ 27,793 6,860 (54) 34,599 66,018 $ 22,234 6,656 52 28,942 (449) (289) (7) (745) 28,197 the Company recorded a liability for $2.9 million ($2.3 million net of During 2019, federal benefit) for unrecognized tax benefits, which included $0.3 million of interest and penalties. During 2020, the Company recognized all of the unrecognized tax benefits established at December 31, 2019 as a result of settlements with state taxing authorities, and as of December 31, 2020, the Company had no liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had no additional activity related to unrecognized tax benefits in 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits and interest and penalties totaled $2.9 million which was included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets ($0 for 2021 and 2020). The following table presents the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. (in thousands) Beginning balance................................................. $ Additions for tax positions of prior years .......... Additions based on tax positions related to current year ...................................................... Reductions related to settlement of tax matters ............................................................. Ending balance...................................................... $ 2021 2020 2019 - $ - 2,582 $ - - 1,703 - - - $ - 879 (2,582) - $ - 2,582 The Company recognized $0.2 million in interest expense, net of federal benefit, and penalties related to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2019 ($0 in 2021 and 2020). The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 differs from the United States federal statutory rate primarily as a result of state and local income taxes and excess tax benefits on share-based compensation, and for 2019, expense related to recording the uncertain tax position (“UTP”) liability for unrecognized tax benefits. 112 Table of Contents The following table presents the tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 2021 2020 2019 Federal income tax at U.S. statutory rate ............. State income tax rate, net of federal tax benefit ... UTP liability ........................................................... Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation........................................................ Foreign taxes and other ........................................ Income tax expense.............................................. 21.0 % 3.2 % — % (3.4)% (0.2)% 20.6 % 21.0 % 3.8 % — % (1.4)% 0.3 % 23.7 % 21.0 % 3.3 % 1.9 % (2.8)% — % 23.4 % Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax reporting purposes. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities as well as projections of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. Based on the consideration of these facts, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all of its gross deferred tax assets will be realized in the future, and as a result has not recorded a valuation allowance on these amounts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The following table presents the components of deferred income tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020: (in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Definite-lived intangibles .................................... $ Share-based compensation expense................. Acquisition-related costs .................................... Deferred compensation...................................... Restructuring expenses ..................................... Contingent consideration arrangements ............ Goodwill ............................................................. OCI - Swap liability and cumulative translation adjustment.......................................................... Other .................................................................. Total deferred tax assets...................................... Deferred tax liabilities: 2021 2020 21,373 $ 7,988 5,110 7,909 1,431 383 11,443 — 54 55,691 21,455 10,318 4,194 5,621 1,616 431 7,454 2,432 83 53,604 106,230 4,087 5,444 Indefinite-lived intangibles.................................. Debt issuance costs ........................................... Depreciation ....................................................... OCI - Swap liability and cumulative translation adjustment.......................................................... Prepaid expenses .............................................. Unrealized gain on deferred compensation 338 investments ........................................................ Total deferred tax liabilities.................................. 91,288 Net deferred tax liability ....................................... $ (63,120) $ (37,684) 81,429 5,085 4,216 901 118,811 1,878 271 — 220 As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards. 113 Table of Contents In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and certain state and local tax regulators. As of December 31, 2021, U.S. federal income tax returns for 2018, 2019 and 2020 are open and therefore subject to examination. State and local income tax returns filed are generally subject to examination from 2017 to 2020. We have analyzed our tax positions for all open years and have concluded that no additional provision for income tax is required in the consolidated financial statements. NOTE 11. DEBT 2019 Credit Agreement On July 1, 2019, concurrent with the USAA AMCO Acquisition, the Company entered into the 2019 Credit Agreement, (the “2018 Credit Agreement”), and terminated the 2018 Credit Agreement. indebtedness outstanding under the prior credit agreement repaid all The 2019 Credit Agreement was entered into among Victory, as borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, pursuant to which the Company obtained a seven-year term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion (the “2019 Term Loans”) and established a five-year revolving credit facility (which was unfunded as of the closing date) with aggregate commitments of $100.0 million (with a $10.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit). Amounts outstanding under the 2019 Credit Agreement bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at the option of the Company, either LIBOR (adjusted for reserves) plus a margin of 3.25% or an alternate base rate plus a margin of 2.25%. The obligations of the Company under the 2019 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (other than VCS) (the “Guarantors”) and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to certain customary exceptions. The 2019 Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that affect, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, merge or dissolve, make investments, dispose of assets, engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make distributions and dividends and prepayments of indebtedness, engage in transactions with affiliates, enter into restrictive agreements, amend documentation governing junior indebtedness, modify its fiscal year and modify its organizational documents, subject to customary exceptions, thresholds, qualifications and “baskets.” the 2019 Credit Agreement contains a financial performance covenant, requiring a maximum first lien leverage ratio, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter on which outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility exceed 35.0% of the commitments thereunder (excluding certain letters of credit), of no greater than 3.80 to 1.00. In addition, junior As of December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the Company was in compliance with its financial performance covenant. Original issue discount was $11.5 million for the 2019 Term Loans and $1.5 million for the revolving credit facility under the 2019 Credit Agreement. The Company incurred a total of $22.8 million in other third party costs related to the 2019 Credit Agreement and recorded $18.0 million as term loan debt issuance costs, $0.3 million as revolving credit facility debt issuance cost and $4.5 million as expense related to modified debt in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. A total of $148.0 million of the 2019 Term Loans was repaid in 2019. The Company recognized a $9.9 million loss on debt extinguishment in 2019, which consisted of the write-off of $6.3 million and $3.6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount, respectively, due to the termination of the previous credit agreement and repayments of term loan principal. Debt extinguishment costs relating to the termination of the 2018 Credit Agreement and 2019 Term Loans repayments totaled $5.5 million and $4.4 million, respectively. 114 Table of Contents 2020 Debt Refinancing (First Amendment) On January 17, 2020, the Company entered into the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company refinanced the 2019 Term Loans with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $952.0 million (the “2020 Term Loans”). The 2020 Term Loans provided for substantially the same terms as the 2019 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the 2020 Term Loans provided for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 75 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the 2020 Term Loans was 2.50%, compared to 3.25% under the 2019 Term Loans. The Company incurred costs of $0.9 million related to the First Amendment which were recorded in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognized a $2.9 million loss on debt extinguishment in 2020 due to the repayments and repurchases of term loan principal, which consisted of the write-off of $2.7 million and $1.6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount, respectively, net of a gain on repurchase of $1.4 million. In 2020, a total of $163.8 million of the outstanding term loans under the 2019 Credit Agreement was repaid or repurchased and retired. 2021 Debt Repricing (Second Amendment) On February 18, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the other loan parties thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the Royal Bank of Canada as fronting bank. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company repriced the 2020 Term Loans with replacement term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $755.7 million (the “Repriced Term Loans”). The Repriced Term Loans provide for substantially the same terms as the 2020 Term Loans, including the same maturity date of July 1, 2026, except that the Repriced Term Loans provide for a reduced applicable margin on LIBOR of 25 basis points. The applicable margin on LIBOR under the Repriced Term Loans is 2.25%, compared to 2.50% under the 2020 Term Loans. The Company incurred costs of $0.4 million related to the Second Amendment, which were recorded in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In 2021, a total of $142.0 million of the outstanding term loans under the 2019 Credit Agreement was repaid or repurchased and retired. The Company recognized a $4.6 million loss on debt extinguishment in 2021 due to the repayments and repurchases of term loan principal, which consisted of the write-off of $2.9 million and $1.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount, respectively. 2021 Incremental Term Loans (Third Amendment) On December 31, 2021, the Company entered into the Third Amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the 2019 Credit Agreement with the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time. Pursuant to the Third Amendment, the Company obtained incremental term loans (the “2021 Incremental Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $505.0 million and used the proceeds to fund the WestEnd Acquisition of 100% of the equity interest of WestEnd and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The 2021 Incremental Term Loans will mature in December 2028 and will bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at the option of the Company, either LIBOR (adjusted for reserves and subject to a 50 basis point floor) plus a margin of 2.25% or an alternate base rate plus a margin of 1.25%. Original issue discount was $2.5 million for the 2021 Incremental Term Loans. The Company incurred a total of $9.1 million of other third party costs related to the 2021 Incremental Term Loans, which were recorded as term loan debt issuance costs. 115 Table of Contents Refer to Note 21, Subsequent Events, for information related to loan activity subsequent to December 31, 2021. The following table presents the components of long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020. 2020 2021 (in thousands) Term Loans.............................................. Due July 2026, 2.73% interest rate ........... $ Due July 2026, 2.38% interest rate ........... Due December 2028, 2.75% interest rate ............................................................ 788,239 Term loan principal outstanding ........... (12,065) Unamortized debt issuance costs ............. Unamortized debt discount ....................... (7,165) Long-term debt........................................ $ 1,127,924 $ 769,009 505,000 1,151,239 (16,436) (6,879) — $ 788,239 646,239 Effective Interest Rate 3.17% — 2.77% — 3.09% issuance costs related to the 2019 Credit Agreement Debt totaled $48.7 million and $39.6 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and are reflected net of accumulated amortization and loss on debt extinguishment of $32.3 million and $27.6 million, respectively. Debt issuance costs of $3.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020 related to the revolving credit facility are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization and loss on debt extinguishment of $2.5 million and $2.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Debt discount related to the Term Loans totaled $23.3 million and $20.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is reflected net of accumulated amortization and loss on debt extinguishment of $16.4 million and $13.5 million, respectively. The following table presents the components of Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. interest expense and other financing costs on the (in thousands) Interest expense ...................................................... Amortization of debt issuance costs ........................ Amortization of debt discount .................................. Interest rate swap expense...................................... Other........................................................................ Total ................................................................... $ $ 2021 2020 2019 17,250 2,332 1,098 3,602 370 24,652 $ $ 30,941 2,984 1,485 1,042 553 37,005 $ $ 36,423 2,499 1,200 — 779 40,901 NOTE 12. DERIVATIVES Interest Rate Swap On March 27, 2020, the Company entered into the Swap to manage interest rate risk associated with a portion of its floating-rate long-term debt. The Company does not purchase or hold any derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Under the terms of the Swap, the Company pays interest at a fixed rate of interest on a quarterly basis and receives interest at the three-month LIBOR rate in effect for that quarter. The notional value, fixed rate of interest and expiration date of the Swap as of December 31, 2021 were $450 million – 0.965% – July 1, 2026. Refer to Note 5, Fair Value Measurements, for additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. The designation of a derivative instrument as a hedge and its ability to meet the hedge accounting criteria determine how the Company reflects the change in fair value of the derivative instrument. A derivative qualifies 116 Table of Contents for hedge accounting treatment if, at inception, it meets defined correlation and effectiveness criteria. These criteria require that the hedging instrument substantially offset those of the position being hedged. The Swap is assessed for effectiveness and continued qualification for hedge accounting on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and since inception, the Swap was deemed to be highly effective. the anticipated cash flows and/or changes in fair value of The Swap is designated as a cash flow hedge. Accordingly, the Swap is measured at fair value with mark-to- market gains or losses deferred and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI(L)”), net of tax, to the extent the hedge is determined to be effective. Gains or losses from the Swap are reclassified to interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The amount payable to the Swap counterparty at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following tables summarize the classification of the Swap in our consolidated financial statements (in thousands): Balance Sheets Other assets (Other liabilities) Description Fair value of interest rate swap ................................... Notional amount.................. December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ 7,774 450,000 $ (10,006) 450,000 Statements of Operations Interest expense and other financing costs Description Loss reclassified from AOCI(L) ............................. Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 $ 3,602 $ 1,042 $ — Statements of Comprehensive Income Other comprehensive income (loss) Description Income (loss) recognized in AOCI(L), net of tax......... 2021 2020 2019 $ 13,468 $ (7,573) $ — Twelve Months Ended December 31, NOTE 13. EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT On September 20, 2020, the Company acquired, through a wholly owned subsidiary, a 15% interest voting share and income share in Alderwood and made a capital contribution to Alderwood of $1.5 million in cash. Alderwood’s operating entity, Alderwood Capital, is a London-based investment advisory firm focused on taking minority stakes in specialist boutique asset management businesses. The Company has commitments to contribute additional capital of $4.5 million to Alderwood and $50.0 million to a private fund to be launched by Alderwood, subject to certain terms and conditions, which include receipt of required regulatory approvals and obtaining an agreed amount of aggregate legally binding commitments from investors in the private fund. On March 8, 2021, the Company announced that Alderwood Capital had received authorization from the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom and that Alderwood’s private fund had been formally launched to institutional to the Alderwood members’ agreement (“Alderwood Amendment”) and made an additional $1.5 million capital contribution to Alderwood. The Alderwood Amendment reduced the Company’s commitment to contribute additional capital to Alderwood from $4.5 million to $3.0 million. the Company signed an amendment investors. On January 31, 2022, The Company analyzed its investment in Alderwood under the voting interest model and determined that it does not have a controlling financial interest over Alderwood and should not consolidate under the voting interest model. 117 Table of Contents Given the level of ownership interest in Alderwood, which is an English limited liability partnership, and the fact that Alderwood will maintain specific ownership accounts for investors, the Company accounts for its investment in Alderwood using the equity method of accounting. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, losses from equity method investments recorded in interest income and other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. On August 30, 2019, in Cerebellum Capital LLC (“Cerebellum”) for $10.6 million in cash and recognized $2.9 million on the gain on sale, which was recorded in interest income and other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. the Company sold 100% of its equity investment Equity method investments are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company held an equity investment in Alderwood of $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019, the Company had no equity method investments. NOTE 14. EQUITY Equity Structure Following the Company’s IPO in February 2018, authorized capital stock consisted of 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock were identical, except voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock was entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock was entitled to ten votes. Holders of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock would generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Each share of Class B common stock was convertible into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at any time, at the option of the holder, and would convert automatically upon termination of employment by an employee shareholder and upon transfers (subject to certain exceptions). Shares of Class B common stock would convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock at a one to one ratio upon the date the number of shares of Class B common stock then outstanding (including unvested restricted shares) was less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding (including unvested restricted shares). In September 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the elimination of the Company’s dual-class share structure, which was subsequently approved by the Company’s stockholders on November 19, 2021. On November 23, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizing capital stock consisting of 600,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Each share of the Company’s Class A common stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Date was renamed as Common Stock and became one share of Common Stock. For comparative purposes, we now refer to each share of stock that was previously known as Class A common stock as Common Stock. Each share of Class B common stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Date was converted into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. As a result, the Company currently has one class of common stock entitling the holder to one vote per share. No shares of preferred stock were issued as of December 31, 2021. 118 Table of Contents Share Rollforward The following tables present the changes in the number of shares of common stock issued and repurchased (in thousands): Shares of Common Stock Common Stock Class B Shares of Treasury Stock Common Stock Class B Balance, December 31, 2018 ............................................ 15,281 Issuance of shares........................................................ Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock ......... Repurchase of shares................................................... Vesting of restricted share grants ................................. Exercise of options........................................................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards .......................................................................... Balance, December 31, 2019 ............................................ Issuance of shares........................................................ Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock ......... Repurchase of shares................................................... Vesting of restricted share grants ................................. Exercise of options........................................................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards .......................................................................... Balance, December 31, 2020 ............................................ Issuance of shares........................................................ Conversion of Class B shares to Common Stock ......... Repurchase of shares................................................... Vesting of restricted share grants ................................. Exercise of options........................................................ Shares withheld related to net settlement of equity awards .......................................................................... Elimination of Class B share class................................ Balance, December 31, 2021 ............................................ 4 2,815 — — — — 18,100 8 1,281 — — — — 19,389 7 6,632 — 4 91 — 51,119 77,242 55,284 — (2,815) — 522 946 — 53,937 — (1,281) — 1,105 1,006 — 54,767 — (6,632) — 1,604 1,380 (856) — — (829) — — — (1,685) — — (1,498) — — — (3,183) — — (886) — — — (51,119) — (49) (4,462) (8,580) (2,147) — — — — — (509) (2,656) — — — — — (775) (3,431) — — — — — (1,031) 4,462 — Share Repurchase Program The share repurchase programs authorized in 2018, 2019, May 2020 and November 2020, each for $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock, were completed in September 2019, June 2020, October 2020 and May 2021, respectively. A fifth share repurchase program for $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock was authorized in May 2021 and was completed in January 2022. In December 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a sixth share repurchase program whereby the Company may repurchase up to an additional $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The amount and timing of purchases under the share repurchase program authorized in December 2021 will depend on a number of factors including the price and availability of our shares, trading volume, capital availability, our performance and general economic and market conditions. The program can be suspended or discontinued at any time. The December 2021 share repurchase program took effect in January 2022, upon the completion of the May 2021 share repurchase program, and expires on December 31, 2023. In 2021, shares of Common Stock repurchased under programs authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors totaled 885,505 at a total cost of $26.2 million for an average price of $29.53 per share. In 2020, the Company repurchased 1,497,827 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $26.3 million for an average price of $17.57 per share, while in 2019, the Company’s share repurchases totaled 828,880 shares of Common Stock at a total cost of $13.5 million and an average price of $16.26 per share. As of December 31, 2021, a cumulative total of 4,068,487 shares of Common Stock had been repurchased under programs authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors at a total cost of $74.0 million for an average price of $18.19 per share. As of December 31, 2021, $16.0 million was available for future repurchases under authorized share repurchase programs, $1.0 million under the May 2021 program and $15.0 million under the December 2021 program. 119 Table of Contents NOTE 15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION Equity Incentive Plans Prior to the Company’s IPO in 2018, equity-based awards were issued to executives, directors and key employees of the Company under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) and the Outside Director Equity Incentive Plan (the “Director Plan”). In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved, the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), and the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP Plan”), each of which became effective upon the completion of the IPO. No further grants will be made under the 2013 Plan. The 2018 Plan authorizes the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and other awards that may be settled in or based upon shares of the Company’s Common Stock. A total of 3,372,484 shares of Common Stock is available for issuance under the 2018 Plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors. Shares underlying awards that are settled in cash, expire or are canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminated without delivery to a participant will again be available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. In addition, shares withheld or surrendered in connection with the payment of an exercise price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding will again be available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 1,483,673 shares of Common Stock remained available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors approves the terms and conditions for offerings under the ESPP Plan. A total of 350,388 shares of Common Stock was available to issue under the ESPP Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 327,886 shares of Common Stock remained available for issuance under the ESPP Plan. The first ESPP Plan offering ran for eighteen months, from July 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and included three, six month offering periods. The second offering ran for twenty-four months from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2021 and included four, six month offering periods. The third ESPP Plan offering will run from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 and will include two six month offering periods. For all ESPP Plan offerings, shares of Common Stock are available for purchase at three month calendar intervals at a 5 percent discount from the market price on the purchase date, which is the last day of each calendar quarter during the offering. Amounts purchased by an individual cannot exceed $25,000 worth of stock in any given calendar year. The ESPP Plan is a non-compensatory plan and includes no option features other than employees may change their contributions or withdraw from the plan once during each six month offering period during a specified time approved by the Company. All U.S.-based employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP. All of the Company’s stock option awards are considered non-qualified. Shares of common stock subject to stock option awards granted in 2019 vest based on service. Shares of common stock subject to stock option awards granted in years prior to 2019 vest based on a combination of service and satisfaction of various performance conditions. Grant Activity In 2021, the Company issued grants for 270,824 restricted shares of Common Stock under the 2018 Plan. The 2021 grants included grants for 34,770 restricted shares that were fully vested on the grant date, grants for 227,019 restricted shares that vest over three years and 9,035 restricted shares that vest over two years. No stock option awards were issued in 2021. 120 Table of Contents In 2020, the Company issued grants for 795,487 restricted shares of Common Stock under the 2018 Plan, which included 42,848 restricted shares that were fully vested on the grant date, grants for 338,202 restricted shares that vest over three years and 414,437 restricted shares that vest over thirty months. No stock option awards were issued in 2020. In 2019, the Company issued grants for 1,196,820 restricted shares of Common Stock and stock option awards for 31,178 shares of Common Stock under the 2018 Plan. The 2019 grants included grants for 18,943 restricted shares that were fully vested on the grant date, grants for 1,144,589 restricted shares that vest over three years and 33,288 restricted shares that vest over five years. Stock option awards granted in 2019 vest based on service over a three year period. The following tables presents activity during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 related to stock option awards and restricted stock awards. 2021 Avg wtd Avg wtd Grant date exercise fair value price Units Shares Subject to Stock Option Awards Year to Date Ended December 31, 2020 Avg wtd Avg wtd Grant date exercise fair value Units price 2019 Avg wtd Avg wtd Grant date exercise fair value price Units Outstanding at beginning of period ..... $ Granted ...................... Forfeited ..................... Exercised.................... Outstanding at end of the period ................... $ Vested ........................ $ Unvested .................... 6,865,101 $ 3.91 $ 6.50 — 10.73 — 5.29 3.72 — (79,271) 5.52 (1,470,620) 7,880,167 $ 3.83 $ 6.27 — 12.42 — 5.87 3.27 — (8,949) 4.60 (1,006,117) 3.79 $ 6.12 9,070,052 7.25 31,178 (274,774) 5.01 (946,289) 3.19 17.64 9.68 4.24 3.94 $ 6.71 3.88 $ 6.53 10.60 5.28 5,315,210 $ 5,072,585 $ 242,625 3.91 $ 6.50 3.78 $ 6.10 10.69 5.31 6,865,101 $ 6,259,420 $ 605,681 3.83 $ 6.27 7,880,167 3.61 $ 5.59 6,724,030 10.25 1,156,137 5.10 Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $39.5 million, $16.3 million and $12.8 million, respectively. Restricted Stock Awards For Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 Avg wtd fair value Units Avg wtd fair value Units Avg wtd fair value Units Unvested at beginning of period .... $ 14.99 2,827,008 $ 14.29 3,215,619 $ 13.17 2,997,856 16.27 1,196,820 Granted .......................................... 12.83 (521,701) Vested ............................................ Forfeited ......................................... 13.42 (457,356) Unvested at end of period .............. $ 17.75 1,352,839 $ 14.99 2,827,008 $ 14.29 3,215,619 27.29 270,824 14.62 (1,607,973) (137,020) 16.51 16.70 795,487 14.39 (1,104,710) (79,388) 15.89 Share-based compensation expense for equity awards is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and recognized over the requisite employee service period. Stock option awards have a ten year contractual life. The Company uses the Common Stock closing price on the grant date as the grant date fair value for restricted stock awards. For stock option awards, the grant date fair value is computed using Black-Scholes option pricing framework. The fair value of stock option awards granted in 2019 was determined using a $17.64 grant date stock price and exercise price, expected volatility of 40%, a risk free rate of 1.85% and a six year expected term. Expected volatility was based on a consideration of the average volatility of companies in the same or similar lines of business adjusted for differing levels of leverage and the Company’s volatility for the post-IPO period. The expected term was determined using the simplified method detailed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 10. 121 Table of Contents Dividend Payments In February 2017 and December 2017, the Company declared and paid dividends of $2.19 and $0.23 per share, respectively. Holders of restricted shares that were unvested at the time the February 2017 dividend were declared are paid this dividend when the restricted shares vest, and the strike price per share for all stock option awards granted prior to February 2017 was reduced by $2.19 under the anti-dilution provisions of the stock option grant agreements. Holders of restricted shares that were unvested at the time the December 2017 dividend was declared are paid the $0.23 per share dividend when the restricted stock vests. Holders of stock options that were unvested at the time the December 2017 dividend was declared receive a cash bonus equivalent of $0.23 per share when the stock options vest. In August 2019, the Company announced the initiation of quarterly cash dividends to be paid beginning in September 2019. Holders of restricted stock awards that are unvested at the time the quarterly dividends are declared are entitled to be paid these dividends as and when the restricted stock vests. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the amount of cash bonuses and distributions related to dividends previously declared on restricted shares and options expected to vest in the future totaled $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which is not recorded as a liability as of the balance sheet date. A liability will be recorded for these cash bonuses and dividends when the restricted shares and options vest. Share-based Compensation Expense The Company recorded $17.6 million, $18.1 million and $16.3 million of share-based compensation expense related to the 2018 Plan and 2013 Plan in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Share-based compensation expense is recorded in personnel compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The related tax benefits were $4.3 million, $4.5 million, and $4.0 million for the fiscal years 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the Company expects to recognize total share-based compensation expense of $14.1 million over a weighted average period of 1.0 years. The total fair value of restricted share awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $45.2 million, $20.8 million, and $9.7 million respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options currently exercisable at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $152.0 million, $117.1 million, and $103.4 million, respectively. NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates. We have the right to renew or extend the leases under the agreements for certain non-headquarter office spaces. Future calendar year minimum lease payments under the leases are as follows (in thousands): 2022......................................................................... $ 2023......................................................................... 2024......................................................................... 2025......................................................................... 2026......................................................................... Thereafter ................................................................ Total ........................................................................ $ 5,304 $ 4,311 3,295 3,148 3,185 2,776 22,019 $ Gross Operating Lease Commitments Sub-Leases Net Operating Lease Commitments 4,872 3,874 2,841 2,682 2,708 2,756 19,733 432 $ 437 454 466 477 20 2,286 $ Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $6.5 million, $7.5 million, and $4.9 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 122 Table of Contents NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), covering substantially all employees who have met the eligibility requirements. The 401(k) Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. In 2021, 2020 and 2019 the Company recognized expense of $4.0 million, $4.7 million and $3.3 million in employer matched contributions, respectively. The Company sponsors a deferred compensation plan for key investment professionals and executives (“Employee DC Plan”) as a means to reward and motivate them. The Company purchases mutual funds as directed by the plan participants to fund its related obligations. Such securities are held in a rabbi trust for the participants, and under the terms of the trust agreement, the assets of the trust are available to satisfy the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of bankruptcy. Effective January 1, 2020, the Company created a deferred compensation plan for non-employee members of our board of directors (the “Director DC Plan”). Benefits payable under the Director DC Plan are payable from the Company’s general assets. Amounts contributed under the Director DC Plan and earnings on those amounts are subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors. Gains and losses from fluctuations in value of deferred compensation plan investments are included in interest income and other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are offset entirely by the corresponding changes in value of the deferred compensation liability. Changes in the value of the Employee DC Plan and Director DC Plan liabilities are recorded in personnel compensation and benefits and general and administrative expense, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments held under both deferred compensation plans are recorded in deferred compensation plan investments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table presents the components of deferred compensation plan-related expense related to the Employee DC Plan. (in thousands) Employee contributions ......................................... $ Employer contributions.......................................... Change in value of deferred compensation plan liability.................................................................... Total ...................................................................... $ 2021 2020 2019 2,231 $ 975 1,293 $ 819 5,527 8,733 $ 2,155 4,267 $ 2,202 1,017 2,603 5,822 Expenses related to the Director DC plan totaled $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 123 Table of Contents NOTE 18. EARNINGS PER SHARE The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: (in thousands, except per share amounts) Net income ........................................................... $ 278,389 $ 212,522 $ 92,491 Shares: Basic weighted average common shares outstanding............................................................ Assumed conversion of dilutive instruments .... 67,976 6,175 67,710 6,009 67,616 5,850 2021 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2020 Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding............................................................ Earnings per share.............................................. 74,151 73,719 73,466 Basic: ............................................................... $ Diluted: ............................................................ $ 4.10 $ 3.75 $ 3.14 $ 2.88 $ 1.37 1.26 For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were 4,558, 31,178 and 821,544 outstanding instruments, respectively, excluded from the above computations of weighted average shares for diluted earnings per share because the effects would be anti-dilutive. Holders of non-vested share-based compensation awards do not have rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends on the shares covered by the awards. NOTE 19. NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS VCS is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act) administered by the SEC and FINRA, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, as defined, and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, cannot exceed 15 to 1. Net capital and the related net capital requirement may fluctuate on a daily basis. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, VCS had net capital under the Rule 15c3-1 of $2.2 million which was $2.0 million in excess of its minimum required net capital of $0.2 million. The Company's ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 1.27 to 1 and 1.10 to 1, respectively. Capital requirements may limit the amount of cash available for dividend from VCS to the parent company. VCS's cash and cash equivalents are generally not available for corporate purposes. 124 Table of Contents NOTE 20. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. (in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2018 ............................. $ Other comprehensive income before reclassification and tax .................................... Tax impact.................................................. Reclassification adjustments, before tax ......... Tax impact.................................................. Net current period other comprehensive income........................................................ Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-01 and 2018-02 ......................................................... Balance, December 31, 2019 ............................. $ Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassification and tax .................................... Tax impact.................................................. Reclassification adjustments, before tax ......... Tax impact.................................................. Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss)........................................................ Balance, December 31, 2020 ............................. $ Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassification and tax .................................... Tax impact.................................................. Reclassification adjustments, before tax ......... Tax impact.................................................. Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss)........................................................ Balance, December 31, 2021 ............................. $ Investments in Proprietary Funds (a) Cash Flow Hedges (b) Cumulative Translation Adjustment Total (59) $ — $ (27) $ (86) — — — — — — — — — — 32 (8) — — 24 59 — $ — $ 3 — $ 32 (8) — — 24 62 — — (11,047) 2,685 — 1,042 — (253) — 151 (38) — — (10,896) 2,647 1,042 (253) (7,573) — — $ (7,573) $ 113 113 $ (7,460) (7,460) — — — — 14,177 (3,438) 3,602 (873) (49) 13 — — 14,128 (3,425) 3,602 (873) — — $ 13,468 5,895 $ (36) 77 $ 13,432 5,972 (a) Reclassifications out of AOCL related to investments in proprietary funds are recorded in interest income and other income (expense) (b) costs Reclassifications out of AOCL related to cash flow hedges are recorded in interest expense and other financing NOTE 21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS On January 31, 2022, the Company signed the Alderwood Amendment and made an additional $1.5 million capital contribution to Alderwood. The Alderwood Amendment reduced the Company’s commitment to contribute additional capital to Alderwood from $4.5 million to $3.0 million. Refer to Note 13, Equity Method Investment, for further details. Subsequent to December 31, 2021, the Company reduced outstanding debt on the 2021 Incremental Term Loans by $65.0 million. On February 10, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on Victory common stock. The dividend is payable on March 25, 2022, to stockholders of record on March 10, 2022. 125 Table of Contents ITEM 9. None CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Regulations under the Exchange Act require public companies, including us, to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required or necessary disclosures. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures by our management as of December 31, 2021, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 using the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO. Based on our evaluation under the COSO framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2021 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to our internal control over financial reporting due to an exemption established by the JOBS Act for “emerging growth companies.” Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting Regulations under the Exchange Act require public companies, including our company, to evaluate any change in our “internal control over financial reporting” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and In connection with their evaluation of our disclosure controls and Rule 15d-15(f) of procedures, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer did not identify any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. the Exchange Act. 126 Table of Contents ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION. None 127 Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. The information required by this Item is set forth in our definitive proxy statement required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. The information required by this Item is set forth in our definitive proxy statement required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS. The information required by this Item is set forth in our definitive proxy statement required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. The information required by this Item is set forth in our definitive proxy statement required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES. The information required by this Item is set forth in our definitive proxy statement required to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders. 128 Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (1) Financial Statements: The information required by this Item is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this report. (2) Financial Statement Schedules: None (3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY. None Exhibit No. 3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2+ 10.3 EXHIBIT INDEX Description Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated November 23, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Class A common stock certificate (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Class B common stock certificate (Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018 (Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Employee Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018 (Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K, File No. 001-38388, on March 13, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Indemnification Agreement (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). 129 Table of Contents 10.4+ 10.5+ 10.6+ 10.7+ 10.8+ 10.9+ 10.10+ 10.11+ 10.12+ 10.13+ 10.14+ 10.15+ 10.16+ 10.17+ 10.18+ Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment No. 1 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment No. 2 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment No. 3 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment No. 4 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Victory Capital Management Inc. Severance Pay Plan and Summary Plan Description (Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). First Amendment to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). First Addendum to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amendment to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Stock Option Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Restricted Shares Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333- 222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Stock Option Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333- 222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Restricted Shares Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333- 222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). 130 Table of Contents 10.19 10.20 10.21+ 10.23 10.24 10.25 10.27 10.28 10.29+ 10.30+ 10.31+ 10.32+ Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent and collateral agent (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated February 15, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2018 among, inter alios, the Company, the other loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent for the secured parties (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”), which amends the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018 among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated May 8, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Employment Agreement by and between Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and David C. Brown, dated as of March 20, 2017 (Filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A, File No. 333-222509, dated February 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated as of September 24, 2018, by and among Royal Bank of Canada, Barclays Bank PLC and Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated September 27, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 6, 2018, by and among the Company, USAA Investment Corporation and, for certain limited purposes, USAA Capital Corporation (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated November 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Commitment Letter, dated as of November 6, 2018, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, Royal Bank of Canada, and Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated November 6, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference) Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement with USAA Investment Corporation and USAA Capital Corporation, dated as of June 28, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, on July 1, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference). 2019 Credit Agreement among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, dated as of July 1, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, on July 1, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference). Third Amendment to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of July 29, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 001- 38388, on August 13, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment and Restatement of the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of November 13, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 001-38388, on November 13, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment and Restatement of the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of March 11, 2020 (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Report on Form 10- K, File No. 001-38388, on March 13, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). Victory Capital Management Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan dated as of December 12, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K, File No. 001-38388, on March 13, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). 131 Table of Contents 10.33 10.34 10.35 10.36 10.37 21.1* 23.1* 31.1* 31.2* 32.1** 32.2** 101* Second Amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2021 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, on February 18, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference). Victory Capital Management Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan dated as of December 12, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K, File No. 001-38388, on March 13, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). Underwriting Agreement dated as of November 17, 2021 (Filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, dated November 22, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference). Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2021, by and among the company, WestEnd Advisors, LLC, and the other parties listed thereto (filed as Exhibit 2.1 on Form 10-Q, File No. 001-38388, on November 8, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference). Third Amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2021 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, File No. 001-38388, on January 5, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference). List of Subsidiaries Consent of Ernst & Young LLP Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 The following information formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Audited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, (ii) Audited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, (iii) Audited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, (iv) Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, (v) Audited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and (vi) Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. 104* Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document) * ** + Filed herewith Furnished herewith This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 132 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 14th day of March, 2022. VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. /s/ DAVID C. BROWN By: Name: David C. Brown Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Date /s/ DAVID C. BROWN David C. Brown Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) March 14, 2022 /s/ MICHAEL D. POLICARPO Michael D. Policarpo /s/ MILTON R. BERLINSKI Milton R. Berlinski /s/ ALEX BINDEROW Alex Binderow /s/ LAWRENCE DAVANZO Lawrence Davanzo /s/ RICHARD M. DEMARTINI Richard M. DeMartini /s/ JAMES B. HAWKES James B. Hawkes /s/ ROBERT J. HURST Robert J. Hurst /s/ KARIN HIRTLER-GARVEY Karin Hirtler-Garvey /s/ ALAN H. RAPPAPORT Alan H. Rappaport March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 March 14, 2022 President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 133 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Exhibit 23.1 We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: (1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333- 259784), and (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-222937) pertaining to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, and the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; of our report dated March 14, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2021. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Cleveland, Ohio March 14, 2022 Exhibit 31.1 I, David C. Brown, certify that: CERTIFICATIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”); Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. b. c. d. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. b. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 14, 2022 By:/s/ DAVID C. BROWN David C. Brown Chief Executive Officer and Chairman Exhibit 31.2 I, Michael D. Policarpo, certify that: CERTIFICATIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”); Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. b. c. d. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. b. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 14, 2022 By:/s/ MICHAEL D. POLICARPO Michael D. Policarpo President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 I, David C. Brown, Chief Executive Officer of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify pursuant to Section 1350 of chapter 63 of title 18 of the United States Code, and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company to which this Exhibit is attached (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ DAVID C. BROWN David C. Brown Chief Executive Officer and Chairman March 14, 2022 Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Michael D. Policarpo, President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify pursuant to Section 1350 of chapter 63 of title 18 of the United States Code, and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company to which this Exhibit is attached (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ MICHAEL D. POLICARPO Michael D. Policarpo President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer March 14, 2022 [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] BOA RD OF DIRECTORS BOA RD OF DIRECTORS CORPORATE OF FI CE CORPORATE OFF ICE David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Milton R. Berlinski Director Milton R. Berlinski Director Alex Binderow Director Alex Binderow Director Lawrence Davanzo Director Lawrence Davanzo Director Richard M. DeMartini Director Richard M. DeMartini Director James B. Hawkes Director James B. Hawkes Director Karin Hirtler-Garvey Director Karin Hirtler-Garvey Director Robert J. Hurst Director Robert J. Hurst Director Alan H. Rappaport Director Alan H. Rappaport Director E XECUT IVE OFFICERS E XECUTIVE OFFICE RS David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer David C. Brown Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Michael D. Policarpo President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer Michael D. Policarpo President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer Kelly S. Cliff, CFA, CAIA President, Investment Franchises Kelly S. Cliff, CFA, CAIA President, Investment Franchises Nina Gupta Chief Legal Officer and Head of Human Resource Administration Nina Gupta Chief Legal Officer and Head of Human Resource Administration Victory Capital Victory Capital 15935 La Cantera Parkway 15935 La Cantera Parkway San Antonio, TX 78256 San Antonio, TX 78256 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS Ernst & Young LLP Ernst & Young LLP 950 Main Ave. 950 Main Ave. Cleveland, OH 44113 Cleveland, OH 44113 TRANSFER AGENT TRANSFER AGENT AST Shareholder Services AST Shareholder Services help@astfinancial.com help@astfinancial.com 800.937.5449 or 718.921.8124 800.937.5449 or 718.921.8124 INVESTOR INQUIRIES INVESTOR INQUIRIES Matthew Dennis, CFA Matthew Dennis, CFA Chief of Staff Chief of Staff Director, Investor Relations Director, Investor Relations Phone: 216.898.2412 Phone: 216.898.2412 Email: ir@vcm.com Email: ir@vcm.com ANNUAL MEETING ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF STOCKHOLDERS May 17, 2022 // 8:00 a.m. ET May 17, 2022 // 8:00 a.m. ET www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/VCTR2022 www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/VCTR2022 2 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 A A N N N N U U A A L L R R E E P P O O R R T T / / / / V V i i c c t t o o r r y y C C a a p p i i t t a a l l Annual Report 2021 Core Values BUILD TRUST We go to great lengths to fulfill our commitments, and we work hard to do the right thing for our clients. RESPECT AUTONOMY We value independent decision- making and respect the autonomy of each of our Investment Franchises and Solutions Platform. INVEST PERSONALLY We are invested in our clients’ success. We demonstrate that commitment by investing our time, energy, and our own assets in our strategies. CREATE ALIGNMENT We work together toward a common objective—helping our clients to achieve their goals. We have approximately $250 million invested in our own products as of December 31, 2021. 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above